Posted on

Unraveling the Secrets of S&S Fire Pits: A Story of Lasting Quality

At S&S Fire Pits, we craft outdoor fireplaces that embody the perfect blend of quality, design, and longevity. Our journey is rooted in a passion for creating products that stand the test of time, and we’re committed to sharing the intricacies of our craft with you.

Our fire pits are more than just a gathering place; they’re a testament to our dedication to excellence. From the initial design phase to the final product, every step is taken with precision and care to ensure that our fire pits withstand decades of use while maintaining their structural integrity and aesthetic appeal.

As we take you through the comprehensive journey of S&S Fire Pits, you’ll gain insights into our proprietary welding techniques, material selection processes, and the craftsmanship that sets us apart. Our commitment to quality extends beyond our products to our customer service, warranty coverage, and ongoing support, making us a trusted name in the industry.

The S&S Fire Pits Legacy: Craftsmanship Rooted in Tradition

S&S Fire Pits company history

Learn More

Our journey at S&S Fire Pits began with a simple yet profound commitment to craftsmanship. This dedication has been the driving force behind our evolution from humble beginnings to industry leaders. With a history that reflects our passion for quality and precision, we’ve established a legacy that resonates with our customers.

From Humble Beginnings to Industry Leaders

S&S Fire Pits started with a vision to create outdoor fire features that would stand the test of time. Our founders, driven by a passion for metalwork and a commitment to excellence, laid the groundwork for what would become a hallmark of quality in the industry. Through the years, we’ve grown, innovated, and adapted, but our core mission has remained unchanged.

Our team consists of certified welders and metalworkers with decades of combined experience in precision fabrication techniques. Each craftsperson undergoes extensive training in our proprietary methods before being entrusted with creating components for our fire pits. This rigorous training ensures that every piece meets our high standards.

The Founding Philosophy: Quality Over Quantity

At the heart of S&S Fire Pits is a founding philosophy that prioritizes quality over quantity. We believe that every fire pit we produce is not just a product, but a testament to our dedication to craftsmanship. This philosophy guides every decision we make, from material selection to the final inspection.

We maintain a master-apprentice system that ensures traditional skills are passed down while incorporating modern innovations. Our craftsmen take personal pride in their work, often signing the interior of each fire pit as a mark of accountability and craftsmanship.

Meet the Craftsmen Behind Every Fire Pit

The artisans behind S&S Fire Pits are the backbone of our operation. With many of our team members having been with us for over a decade, they’ve developed specialized expertise that contributes to our distinctive quality. We regularly invest in continuing education for our craftspeople, keeping them at the forefront of metalworking techniques and safety standards.

The low turnover among our production team ensures consistency in quality and allows for the development of deep expertise in specific aspects of fire pit construction. This stability is a key factor in our ability to deliver exceptional products time and again.

The Story Behind the Weld: How S&S Fire Pits Are Built to Outlast Trends

S&S Fire Pits are built to outlast trends, thanks to our rigorous manufacturing process that prioritizes quality and durability. Our commitment to excellence is evident in every stage of production, from material selection to final product testing.

S&S Fire Pits manufacturing process

Learn More

The Art and Science of Superior Welding Techniques

The welding process is a critical component of our manufacturing process. Our skilled craftsmen use state-of-the-art equipment to ensure strong, durable welds that can withstand the elements.

We employ a variety of welding techniques, including MIG and TIG welding, depending on the specific requirements of each fire pit model. This allows us to achieve the perfect balance between form and function.

Our welding process is not just about joining metal; it’s an art form that requires precision, patience, and attention to detail. Every weld is inspected to ensure it meets our high standards.

Material Selection: Why We Choose Only Premium Metals

The quality of our fire pits begins with the materials we choose. We select only premium metals that are designed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use.

Our metals are sourced from reputable suppliers and are chosen for their durability, corrosion resistance, and aesthetic appeal. We use a combination of steel and other alloys to create fire pits that are both functional and visually appealing.

We understand that the right materials are crucial to the longevity and performance of our fire pits. That’s why we are meticulous in our material selection process, ensuring that every component meets our stringent quality standards.

The Rigorous Quality Control Process

At S&S Fire Pits, we are committed to delivering products of the highest quality. Our quality control process is designed to ensure that every fire pit meets our exceptional standards.

Our quality control process includes 27 distinct checkpoints, from raw material inspection through final product testing. Each fire pit undergoes a comprehensive inspection by three different team members before receiving approval for shipment.

  • Our quality control process includes 27 distinct checkpoints from raw material inspection through final product testing.
  • Each fire pit undergoes a comprehensive inspection by three different team members before receiving approval for shipment.
  • We maintain detailed documentation of every unit produced, creating a reference record that allows us to track materials and processes for each fire pit.
  • Our testing procedures include thermal cycling, where fire pits are repeatedly heated and cooled to simulate years of use in compressed timeframes.
  • We randomly select units for destructive testing to verify that our production standards consistently exceed our engineering specifications.
  • Our quality control team operates independently from production, ensuring objective assessment without pressure to meet production quotas.
  • We regularly benchmark our products against competitors to ensure we’re maintaining our position as the quality leader in the industry.

Anatomy of an S&S Fire Pit: Design Elements That Define Excellence

The anatomy of an S&S Fire Pit reveals a deep commitment to quality and design excellence. Every element, from the material selection to the final product, is crafted to provide a superior outdoor heating experience.

S&S Fire Pit design features

Learn More

The Perfect Balance of Form and Function

At S&S Fire Pits, we understand that a fire pit is not just a source of warmth but also a visual centerpiece for any outdoor space. Our designs aim to strike the perfect balance between aesthetics and functionality.

We incorporate reinforced stress points and strategic gusseting in areas that experience the greatest thermal and physical stresses, ensuring that our fire pits are both beautiful and durable.

The design process involves careful consideration of various factors, including the shape, size, and material of the fire pit, to ensure that it complements any outdoor decor while providing efficient heat distribution.

Heat Distribution Technology: Engineering the Perfect Flame

One of the key design elements that set S&S Fire Pits apart is our heat distribution technology. We have engineered our fire pits to provide a consistent and efficient flame, ensuring that the warmth is evenly distributed across the surrounding area.

Our precision-cut interlocking components play a crucial role in achieving this efficiency. By distributing weight and stress evenly throughout the structure, we minimize the risk of metal fatigue and ensure a longer lifespan for our fire pits.

Furthermore, our base designs are engineered to provide exceptional stability on various surfaces while allowing for proper airflow and drainage, preventing corrosion and ensuring the longevity of the product.

Structural Integrity: Building Fire Pits That Last Generations

The structural integrity of an S&S Fire Pit is paramount. We engineer our fire pits to withstand physical impacts and environmental stresses beyond what would be expected in normal use, ensuring that they remain a cherished outdoor feature for generations.

The thickness and grade of materials used in our fire pits are strategically varied throughout the structure, providing reinforcement where needed without unnecessary weight. This approach not only enhances durability but also contributes to the overall aesthetic appeal of the fire pit.

Our construction techniques are designed to eliminate weak points where water could collect and cause deterioration over time, further enhancing the structural integrity and longevity of our fire pits.

S&S Fire Pit Collections: Finding Your Perfect Match

The world of S&S Fire Pits is where tradition meets innovation, offering a range of collections that cater to different aesthetics and functional requirements. Whether you’re looking to enhance your backyard, patio, or a commercial space, our diverse fire pit collections are designed to meet your needs.

S&S Fire Pit models comparison

Learn More

The Classic Series: Timeless Elegance for Any Space

The Classic Series by S&S Fire Pits embodies timeless elegance, designed to complement any outdoor space with its sophisticated and clean lines. These fire pits are not just heating solutions but are also statement pieces that enhance the ambiance of your outdoor area.

With a focus on durability and quality, the Classic Series fire pits are constructed from premium materials, ensuring they withstand the elements while maintaining their aesthetic appeal.

The Artisan Series: Unique Designs for Distinctive Tastes

For those with distinctive tastes, the Artisan Series offers unique designs that stand out in any setting. Each piece in this collection is a testament to the craftsmanship and creativity of our artisans.

These fire pits often feature intricate designs and rare materials, making each one a unique addition to your outdoor space.

The Commercial Series: Heavy-Duty Solutions for Public Spaces

The Commercial Series is designed for heavy-duty use in public spaces, offering robust fire pits that can withstand high traffic while maintaining their functionality and aesthetic appeal.

These fire pits are perfect for restaurants, hotels, and other commercial establishments looking to create inviting outdoor areas for their customers.

Limited Edition Collections: Rare Finds for Discerning Customers

Our Limited Edition Collections represent the pinnacle of our craftsmanship, featuring experimental techniques, rare materials, and collaborative designs with renowned artists.

These exclusive fire pits are produced in limited quantities, typically fewer than 50 units, making them distinctive collector’s items that appreciate in value over time.

Customization Options: Making Your S&S Fire Pit Uniquely Yours

S&S Fire Pit customization options

Learn More

Creating a fire pit that’s truly one-of-a-kind is a journey we’re happy to embark on with our customers. At S&S Fire Pits, we understand the importance of having a unique outdoor feature that not only enhances your living space but also reflects your personal style.

Size and Shape Considerations: Finding the Perfect Dimensions

When it comes to customization, one of the first considerations is the size and shape of your fire pit. We offer a range of standard sizes, but we also understand that every outdoor space is unique.

Our team works closely with customers to determine the perfect dimensions for their fire pit, taking into account factors such as available space, desired heat output, and aesthetic preferences.

Whether you’re looking for a compact fire pit for a cozy patio or a large, statement piece for a spacious backyard, we have the expertise to bring your vision to life.

Assessing Your Space

To ensure that your fire pit fits perfectly into your outdoor space, we recommend taking precise measurements and considering the layout of your patio or backyard.

Our design team can help you visualize how different sizes and shapes will work in your space, providing detailed renderings and scale models to guide your decision.

Finish Options: From Rustic to Refined

The finish of your fire pit is not just about aesthetics; it’s also about durability and maintenance. We offer a variety of finish options to suit different tastes and requirements.

From rustic, weathered finishes that add a touch of vintage charm to refined, polished finishes that exude modern sophistication, we have a range of choices to complement your outdoor decor.

Our craftsmen use high-quality materials and techniques to ensure that your fire pit not only looks great but also withstands the elements.

Material Selection

The choice of material for your fire pit’s finish is crucial. We work with premium metals and other materials, ensuring that your fire pit is both durable and visually appealing.

Whether you prefer the warmth of corten steel, the elegance of stainless steel, or the classic look of cast iron, we can help you select the perfect material for your fire pit.

Custom Designs and Personalization Features

For those who want a truly unique fire pit, we offer custom design services that allow you to incorporate personal elements and bespoke features.

Our design team can work with you to integrate logos, names, or custom artwork into your fire pit design, using precision cutting techniques to achieve intricate details.

We’ve created custom designs for corporate clients, families, and individuals looking to commemorate special occasions or simply to express their personal style.

Personalization Options

Personalization is about making your fire pit more than just a feature; it’s about making it a reflection of you. We can incorporate a range of personalized elements, from engraved names and dates to custom designs that become visible when the fire is burning.

Our craftsmen are skilled in working with various materials, including stone, glass, and specialized metals, to achieve unique design objectives that set your fire pit apart.

Installation and Setup: Getting Started With Your S&S Fire Pit

The journey to enjoying your S&S Fire Pit begins with proper installation and setup. This crucial first step ensures that your fire pit is not only safe but also performs optimally, providing you with years of warmth and ambiance.

How to install S&S Fire Pit

Learn More

Site Preparation: Creating the Ideal Foundation

Before you even open the box containing your S&S Fire Pit, it’s essential to prepare the site where it will be installed. Proper site preparation is critical for both safety and performance. Start by selecting a flat, non-combustible surface that is away from overhanging branches, power lines, or other hazards.

Ensure the area is clear of debris and level. For fire pits that will be installed on combustible surfaces like wood decks, consider using a fire pit pad or other protective barrier to prevent damage.

When choosing the location, also consider the direction of prevailing winds to minimize smoke intrusion into your living spaces. Additionally, think about the flow of traffic in your outdoor area to ensure the fire pit becomes a focal point rather than an obstacle.

Assembly Guidelines: Step-by-Step Instructions

Assembling your S&S Fire Pit can be a straightforward process if you follow the provided instructions carefully. Begin by laying out all the components and verifying that you have everything needed according to the packing list.

Typically, assembly involves attaching the legs or base, installing any cooking grates or accessories, and ensuring all parts are securely fastened. It’s crucial to tighten all bolts and screws as specified to guarantee the stability and safety of the fire pit.

For specific assembly instructions, refer to the manual provided with your S&S Fire Pit. If you’re unsure about any part of the process, consider consulting a professional to ensure everything is correctly and safely assembled.

First Light: Tips for Your Inaugural Fire

Lighting your S&S Fire Pit for the first time is an exciting moment. This initial fire is not just about enjoying the warmth and ambiance; it serves several important purposes. It helps to season the metal, establishing the initial patina that will evolve over time, and it allows you to familiarize yourself with the fire pit’s operation.

For the first fire, we recommend using a moderate amount of fuel to gradually bring the metal to operating temperature. This helps prevent thermal shock, which can occur if the metal is heated too quickly.

During this first session, you may notice some smoke or odor as any manufacturing residues are burned off. This is normal and will not recur in subsequent uses. Take this opportunity to observe how your fire pit performs, noting its draft characteristics and fuel consumption patterns.

Documenting your first use with photographs can be a fun way to track the evolution of your fire pit’s appearance over the years. Moreover, this first experience is a great chance to confirm that your fire pit is properly assembled and functioning as expected before you host larger gatherings.

Fuel Options and Efficiency: Powering Your Perfect Fire

S&S Fire Pit fuel types

Learn More

At S&S Fire Pits, we understand that the right fuel choice is crucial for optimal performance and enjoyment. Our fire pits are designed to accommodate various fuel types, ensuring that you can choose the one that best suits your needs and preferences.

Wood-Burning Models: The Classic Experience

Wood-burning fire pits offer a traditional and authentic experience, evoking the warmth and ambiance of a crackling flame. Our wood-burning models are designed to provide a genuine fire experience, with features such as:

  • Efficient combustion systems for reduced smoke and emissions
  • Durable construction to withstand high temperatures
  • Aesthetic designs that complement any outdoor space

Our wood-burning fire pits are perfect for those who appreciate the nostalgic charm of a real fire. With proper maintenance, these units can provide years of enjoyment and warmth.

Gas-Powered Options: Convenience and Control

For those who prefer a more modern and convenient option, our gas-powered fire pits offer a hassle-free alternative. These models provide:

  • Easy ignition and adjustable flame control
  • Clean-burning operation with minimal emissions
  • Low maintenance requirements

Gas-powered fire pits are ideal for those who value ease of use and flexibility. They are perfect for areas where wood burning is restricted or for those who prefer a more controlled fire experience.

Hybrid Systems: The Best of Both Worlds

Our innovative hybrid systems allow for both wood and gas operation in a single unit, providing unmatched versatility for different occasions and preferences. These models feature:

  • Convertible configurations that can be easily switched between fuel types without specialized tools or technical knowledge
  • Advanced air management systems to ensure optimal performance regardless of the fuel source
  • Strategic shielding and thermal management to prevent damage to gas components during wood-burning operation

The dual-fuel capability of our hybrid systems makes them particularly valuable in areas with seasonal burn restrictions or changing entertainment needs. With comprehensive instructions for safe conversion between fuel types and proper maintenance for each configuration, our hybrid fire pits offer the ultimate flexibility and convenience.

Maintenance and Care: Preserving Your Investment

The durability of S&S Fire Pits is unmatched, yet consistent care enhances their performance and aesthetic appeal. Our fire pits are designed to be a long-lasting addition to your outdoor space, and with the right maintenance, they will continue to provide warmth and ambiance for years to come.

S&S Fire Pit maintenance guide

Learn More

Seasonal Maintenance Schedule: What to Do When

To keep your S&S Fire Pit in optimal condition, it’s essential to follow a seasonal maintenance schedule. This ensures that your fire pit remains safe, functional, and visually appealing throughout the year.

In the spring, inspect your fire pit for any damage or wear from the previous season. Clean out any debris and perform any necessary repairs before the first use.

During the summer, regular cleaning is crucial, especially if you use your fire pit frequently. Make sure to check for any signs of wear on the burner or other components.

Cleaning Techniques for Different Materials and Finishes

S&S Fire Pits come in a variety of materials and finishes, each requiring specific cleaning techniques to maintain their appearance and durability. For fire pits with a powder-coated finish, use a mild soap and water solution to clean the surface. Avoid using abrasive cleaners or scrubbers, as they can damage the finish.

For fire pits made from natural stone or brick, a gentle brushing with a soft-bristled brush is recommended. This helps remove dirt and debris without damaging the material.

Regular cleaning not only keeps your fire pit looking its best but also helps prevent damage and ensures optimal performance.

Storage Solutions for Off-Season Protection

While S&S Fire Pits are designed to withstand the elements, proper storage during the off-season can significantly extend their lifespan. We offer custom-fitted covers engineered specifically for each model, providing optimal protection while allowing necessary airflow to prevent condensation.

For regions with severe winter conditions, consider relocating your fire pit to a protected area or using additional protective measures beyond standard covers.

Proper preparation before storage is key. Ensure your fire pit is clean and dry before covering it, and consider applying a rust-inhibiting coating to metal components.

Weather Resistance: How S&S Fire Pits Stand Up to the Elements

Weather resistance is not just a feature; it’s a fundamental aspect of every S&S Fire Pit, engineered to withstand the elements. Our commitment to durability means that whether you’re using your fire pit in the dry heat of a desert climate or the damp chill of a coastal environment, it remains a reliable and enjoyable centerpiece for your outdoor space.

S&S Fire Pit durability outdoor conditions

Learn More

Rust Prevention Technology: Our Multi-Layer Approach

At S&S Fire Pits, we take rust prevention seriously. Our multi-layer approach starts with the selection of premium materials that are inherently resistant to corrosion. We then apply a series of protective coatings that further enhance the durability of our fire pits.

The first layer involves a meticulous cleaning and preparation process to ensure the metal surface is free from contaminants. This is followed by the application of a primer that creates a strong bond between the metal and the subsequent protective layers.

Our topcoat is designed not only to protect against rust but also to maintain its appearance over time, ensuring your fire pit continues to be a beautiful addition to your outdoor space.

Temperature Fluctuation Resistance: From Freezing to Scorching

S&S Fire Pits are engineered to perform across a wide range of temperatures. From the freezing cold of winter to the scorching heat of summer, our fire pits are designed to withstand extreme temperature fluctuations.

This is achieved through the careful selection of materials that can expand and contract without compromising the structural integrity of the fire pit. Additionally, our designs incorporate features that help to manage thermal stress, ensuring that your fire pit remains safe and functional.

Whether you’re enjoying a warm fire on a chilly evening or simply using your fire pit as a decorative element, you can trust that it will endure through the temperature extremes of your local climate.

Coastal Considerations: Battling Salt Air and Humidity

For those living in coastal areas, S&S Fire Pits offers specialized models designed to withstand the corrosive effects of salt air and high humidity. Our coastal models incorporate marine-grade materials and finishes that provide enhanced protection against the accelerated corrosion found in seaside environments.

These models also feature additional drainage provisions to prevent water accumulation, further reducing the risk of corrosion. We recommend specific maintenance protocols for coastal installations to counteract the effects of salt accumulation and persistent humidity.

The fasteners and hardware in our coastal models are selected for their resistance to galvanic corrosion, ensuring that every component of your fire pit is as durable as the main structure. By providing guidance on optimal placement in coastal settings, we help minimize direct exposure to salt spray while maintaining convenient access.

Safety Features and Best Practices

Our commitment to safety is unwavering, reflected in the meticulous design and manufacturing process of every S&S Fire Pit. We understand that safety is paramount when it comes to outdoor heating solutions, and we’ve made it our mission to ensure that our products not only meet but exceed industry safety standards.

S&S Fire Pit safety guidelines

Learn More

Built-In Safety Elements in Every S&S Design

At S&S Fire Pits, we don’t just build fire pits; we craft safe havens for families to gather and enjoy the outdoors. Every S&S Fire Pit is designed with safety in mind, incorporating features such as robust construction materials, secure installation guidelines, and advanced ventilation systems to prevent accidents.

Our gas models, for instance, comply with ANSI Z21.97 standards for outdoor decorative gas appliances, ensuring they meet rigorous safety requirements. We also conduct independent third-party testing to verify compliance with applicable standards, rather than relying solely on internal assessments.

Safe Operation Guidelines for Families

Operating a fire pit safely is crucial for enjoying its warmth and ambiance without risk. We provide comprehensive guidelines for the safe operation of S&S Fire Pits, including proper clearance from combustible materials, regular maintenance schedules, and supervision of children and pets around the fire pit.

Our documentation includes detailed information on relevant local codes and regulations that might affect installation or operation in specific jurisdictions, ensuring our customers are always compliant with local laws.

Compliance with Industry Safety Standards and Regulations

We maintain active participation in standards development committees to stay at the forefront of evolving safety requirements. Our commitment to safety extends beyond minimum requirements to incorporate additional protective features based on our extensive field experience.

Our fire pits are designed to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards established by regulatory bodies and industry organizations. We regularly update our designs to incorporate new safety innovations and respond to emerging best practices in the industry.

The S&S Warranty: Our Promise of Quality

S&S Fire Pit warranty coverage

Learn More

At S&S Fire Pits, we stand behind the quality of our products with a comprehensive warranty that reflects our commitment to excellence. Our warranty is designed to protect your investment and ensure that you enjoy your fire pit for years to come.

Understanding Your Warranty Coverage

Our warranty coverage is designed to be straightforward and easy to understand. We cover defects in materials and workmanship for a specified period, ensuring that you’re protected against manufacturing issues.

The warranty period varies depending on the model and components of your S&S Fire Pit. Generally, our warranty covers parts and labor for a comprehensive period, reflecting our confidence in the durability and quality of our products.

To understand the specifics of your warranty coverage, it’s essential to review the documentation provided with your fire pit or to contact our customer service team directly.

The Registration Process: Securing Your Protection

Registering your S&S Fire Pit is a crucial step in securing your warranty protection. The registration process is simple and can be completed online or by contacting our customer service department.

By registering your product, you ensure that we have a record of your purchase and can provide you with the necessary support and warranty service if needed.

Our registration process also allows us to keep you informed about product updates, safety notices, and other important information related to your S&S Fire Pit.

Our Repair and Replacement Philosophy

At S&S Fire Pits, we’re committed to making the warranty service process as convenient and satisfactory as possible. When issues arise, we first attempt to provide customer-installable solutions with detailed instructions and any necessary specialized tools.

For more complex repairs, we coordinate with local service partners or arrange factory service, depending on the nature of the issue and your location.

Our goal is to minimize disruption to your enjoyment of your fire pit while ensuring that any issues are resolved promptly and efficiently.

Shipping, Delivery, and White Glove Services

S&S Fire Pit delivery options

Learn More

We take pride in not just crafting exceptional fire pits, but also in delivering them safely and efficiently to our valued customers. At S&S Fire Pits, we understand that the delivery and installation process is just as crucial as the quality of our products. That’s why we’ve developed a comprehensive shipping, delivery, and installation service that ensures your fire pit arrives safely and is ready for use.

Domestic Shipping: Getting Your Fire Pit Safely to Your Door

For customers within the United States, we offer reliable domestic shipping services designed to get your S&S Fire Pit to your doorstep safely and on time. Our domestic shipping process is carefully managed to minimize the risk of damage during transit.

We partner with experienced logistics providers to ensure that your fire pit is handled with care, from the moment it leaves our factory until it arrives at your home. Our shipping team works closely with our manufacturing department to coordinate the delivery schedule, ensuring that your fire pit is shipped as soon as it is ready.

Upon dispatch, you will receive tracking information, allowing you to monitor the progress of your delivery. We understand that timely delivery is crucial, and we strive to deliver your S&S Fire Pit within the timeframe promised.

International Delivery Options and Considerations

For our international customers, we provide international delivery options that cater to the unique requirements of shipping heavy and bulky items like fire pits across borders. We work with a network of international shipping partners who are experienced in handling such deliveries.

When shipping internationally, there are several factors to consider, including customs clearance, import duties, and longer transit times. Our international shipping team is well-versed in these matters and will guide you through the process, ensuring compliance with all relevant regulations and minimizing any potential delays.

We also provide detailed documentation and support to help navigate the complexities of international shipping, making the process as smooth as possible for our customers.

Professional Installation Services: Let the Experts Handle It

For those who prefer a hassle-free experience, S&S Fire Pits offers professional installation services. Our team of trained technicians is equipped to handle the installation of your fire pit, ensuring it is done correctly and safely.

Our white glove installation service includes site preparation, assembly, initial testing, and orientation. This comprehensive service ensures that you have immediate access to the full enjoyment of your fire pit. Our technicians are familiar with S&S fire pit specifications and bring specialized equipment to facilitate perfect positioning and setup, even in challenging locations.

For gas-powered models, our installation includes connection to existing gas lines or the installation of propane systems. During the installation process, our technicians provide personalized instruction on operation, maintenance, and safety features, ensuring you’re fully equipped to enjoy your new fire pit.

Our white glove service also includes the removal and environmentally responsible disposal of all packaging materials, leaving your new fire pit ready for use. This service is particularly valuable for commercial installations, complex custom designs, or locations with difficult access.

S&S Fire Pits vs. Competitors: What Sets Us Apart

S&S Fire Pits compared to competitors

Learn More

What makes S&S Fire Pits superior to its competitors is a story of craftsmanship, quality, and dedication. In the world of outdoor fire features, the difference between a good fire pit and a great one can be measured in terms of materials, design, and the value it brings to your outdoor space.

At S&S Fire Pits, we pride ourselves on our commitment to excellence, a trait that is evident in every aspect of our products. From the selection of premium materials to the meticulous attention to detail in our designs, every element is geared towards providing an unparalleled outdoor experience.

Material Quality Comparisons: The S&S Advantage

The foundation of any fire pit lies in its materials. At S&S, we use only the highest quality metals that are designed to withstand the elements and the test of time. Our materials are selected for their durability, resistance to corrosion, and ability to retain their aesthetic appeal even after years of use.

In contrast, many of our competitors compromise on material quality to reduce costs. This can result in fire pits that rust, degrade, or lose their structural integrity over time. Our commitment to using premium materials not only enhances the longevity of our fire pits but also ensures that they remain a beautiful focal point in your outdoor space.

Design Distinctions: Aesthetic and Functional Differences

The design of a fire pit is not just about aesthetics; it’s also about functionality. At S&S Fire Pits, our designs are the result of a careful balance between form and function. We understand that a fire pit is not just a source of warmth but also a gathering place, a focal point that can transform your outdoor space into an inviting area for relaxation and entertainment.

Our designs are crafted to provide optimal heat distribution, ensuring that everyone around the fire pit feels its warmth. Moreover, our fire pits are designed with safety in mind, incorporating features that prevent accidental burns and ensure a controlled burning environment.

Value Proposition: Investment Analysis Over Time

While the initial cost of an S&S Fire Pit may be higher than that of our competitors, the true value lies in its long-term benefits. Our fire pits are built to last, with a durability that eliminates the need for frequent replacements. This not only saves you money over time but also reduces the hassle and environmental impact of disposal and replacement.

Furthermore, the timeless design of our fire pits means they won’t go out of style, avoiding the hidden costs associated with trendy products that may need to be replaced as styles change. Additionally, the superior heat efficiency of our fire pits can lead to significant savings on fuel costs over time.

Customer Stories: S&S Fire Pits in Real Homes and Businesses

S&S Fire Pit customer reviews

Learn More

At S&S Fire Pits, we’re proud to share the stories of our customers who’ve made our fire pits a central part of their homes and businesses. Our products have been designed not just to provide warmth and ambiance, but to become a focal point for gatherings, memories, and traditions.

Residential Showcases: Transforming Backyards and Patios

For many homeowners, an S&S Fire Pit is more than just an outdoor heating solution – it’s a way to transform their outdoor space into an inviting area for relaxation and entertainment. Our customers have shared with us how our fire pits have become the heart of their outdoor living areas, hosting countless family dinners, parties, and quiet nights under the stars.

One such customer is the Smith family from California. They installed an S&S Fire Pit in their backyard and have since made it the centerpiece of their outdoor entertainment area. “Our S&S Fire Pit has been a game-changer for us,” they said. “We can now enjoy our backyard even on chilly evenings, and it’s become a favorite gathering spot for our family and friends.”

Commercial Success Stories: Restaurants, Hotels, and Public Spaces

In commercial settings, S&S Fire Pits have proven to be a valuable addition, enhancing the ambiance and appeal of restaurants, hotels, and public spaces. Business owners have reported increased customer satisfaction and extended outdoor seating seasons thanks to our fire pits.

The management at a popular Denver restaurant shared their experience with us: “Installing S&S Fire Pits on our patio has significantly boosted our outdoor seating revenue. Customers love gathering around the fire, and it’s become a signature element of our dining experience.”

Multi-Generational Users: Fire Pits Passed Down Through Families

One of the most rewarding aspects of our business is seeing S&S Fire Pits become family heirlooms, passed down through generations. These stories are a testament to the quality and durability we’ve built into our products.

The Johnson family from Texas shared with us their story of an S&S Fire Pit that’s been in their family for over three decades. “We purchased our S&S Fire Pit in the early 90s, and it’s been a part of every family gathering since then,” they said. “Now, our grandchildren are grown and have children of their own, and they’re the ones who now gather around the fire pit we inherited from our parents. It’s a truly special family tradition.”

Frequently Asked Technical Questions

Technical inquiries about our fire pits are common, and we’re here to address them with clarity and precision. At S&S Fire Pits, we believe that providing comprehensive technical information is crucial for our customers to make informed decisions and enjoy their fire pits to the fullest.

Heat Output and Coverage Area Specifications

Understanding the heat output and coverage area of your S&S fire pit is essential for maximizing its performance and ensuring it meets your needs. Our fire pits are designed to provide efficient heat distribution, and their coverage area can vary based on the model and size.

Key Factors Affecting Heat Output:

  • Fuel type: Wood-burning, gas-powered, or hybrid
  • Fire pit size and design
  • Environmental conditions: Wind, humidity, and ambient temperature

For specific heat output and coverage area specifications, please refer to your model’s documentation or contact our customer support team for personalized assistance.

Our fire pits are engineered to provide optimal heat distribution. For instance, our wood-burning models are designed to maximize airflow, ensuring a consistent and warm flame. The coverage area can range from intimate settings for smaller backyards to expansive outdoor spaces for larger commercial areas.

Calculating Heat Output

To determine the appropriate heat output for your space, consider both the size of the area and the desired temperature. Our technical support team can guide you through this process, ensuring you select the perfect fire pit for your needs.

Compatibility with Accessories and Add-ons

S&S Fire Pits offers a range of accessories and add-ons designed to enhance your fire pit experience. From cooking grills to decorative spark guards, our accessories are engineered to be compatible with our fire pits, ensuring a seamless integration.

Popular Accessories Include:

  • Cooking grills and griddles for culinary enthusiasts
  • Spark guards for added safety
  • Decorative covers and screens for aesthetic appeal

To ensure compatibility, always check the product description or consult with our customer support team before making a purchase. We maintain a comprehensive database of compatibility information to help you make informed decisions.

Customization Options

For those looking to personalize their fire pit experience, we offer customization options for certain models. This includes varying sizes, finishes, and additional features. Contact us to explore the customization possibilities for your S&S fire pit.

Troubleshooting Common Issues and Solutions

While our fire pits are designed for reliability and performance, occasional issues may arise. Our comprehensive troubleshooting guide is here to help you identify and resolve common problems, ensuring your fire pit continues to operate at its best.

Common Issues and Solutions:

  • Poor flame quality: Check fuel supply, airflow, and burner condition
  • Uneven heating: Adjust fire pit positioning and ensure proper ventilation
  • Ignition problems: Inspect ignition system and ensure proper maintenance

For more detailed troubleshooting, refer to your model’s user manual or contact our technical support team. We are committed to providing you with the support you need to enjoy your S&S fire pit without interruption.

Our troubleshooting guides are designed to be comprehensive and easy to follow, addressing the rare issues that might arise during the lifetime of your S&S fire pit. We provide immediate access to solutions for common questions, detailed diagnostic procedures, and both quick fixes and comprehensive solutions for long-term reliability.

At S&S Fire Pits, we’ve always believed that the true measure of our success lies in the memories our products help create for families and communities. As we conclude our journey through the story of S&S Fire Pits, it’s evident that our commitment to exceptional quality has been the cornerstone of our legacy. This dedication has not only established us as the benchmark for premium fire features but has also fostered a community that values the warmth and connection that our fire pits bring.

Our story is rooted in a rich tradition of craftsmanship, where every weld, every detail, and every product is a testament to our founding philosophy: quality over quantity. We continue to balance innovation with traditional craftsmanship, ensuring that our products are not only aesthetically pleasing but also built to last for generations. The S&S legacy is built on thousands of customer experiences where our fire pits have exceeded expectations for performance and longevity, becoming an integral part of homes, businesses, and public spaces.

The role our products play in creating meaningful human connection and memory-making is at the heart of everything we do. We remain dedicated to crafting fire features that serve as gathering points for families and communities, fostering moments that are cherished for years to come. Our ongoing investment in materials research, design refinement, and manufacturing excellence ensures that we continue to lead the industry, pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in fire pit design and functionality.

As we look to the future, we’re excited to continue this journey, innovating and improving while staying true to our core values. The true measure of our success is not just in the quality of our products but in the special moments and traditions they help create. We invite you to become part of the S&S story by experiencing the difference that genuine quality makes in creating lasting enjoyment and warmth in your home or business.

In conclusion, the enduring legacy of S&S Fire Pits is a testament to the power of quality, craftsmanship, and community. We’re proud of what we’ve achieved and are excited for what’s to come, knowing that our products will continue to be at the heart of many memorable moments.

Posted on

Real stories from S&S customers: why they chose handmade over store-bought

At S&S, we’ve had the privilege of serving a diverse range of customers who have made a conscious decision to opt for our handmade products over mass-produced alternatives. The reasons behind this choice are as varied as our customer base, ranging from a desire for sustainability to an appreciation for quality craftsmanship.

Our customers represent different types of consumers, all united by their appreciation for the value that handmade products bring to their lives. Whether it’s the unique character of each item or the knowledge that their purchase supports artisanal expertise, our customers are part of a larger movement toward more mindful consumption.

This shift is driven by a set of values that prioritize quality, sustainability, and personal connection. As we share the words of our customers, it becomes clear that choosing handmade is not just a purchasing decision, but a statement about the kind of world we want to create.

The Artisanal Revolution: Why Handmade Products Are Making a Comeback

The resurgence of artisanal products in the market is a testament to consumers’ growing appetite for unique, handmade goods. As we explore this trend, it becomes clear that the shift towards artisanal products is driven by a combination of factors, including a desire for quality, sustainability, and the story behind the product.

The Growing Trend of Artisanal Products in America

The trend towards artisanal products in America is gaining momentum. Consumers are increasingly seeking out products that are not only of high quality but also tell a story. This shift is driven by a growing dissatisfaction with mass-produced goods and a desire for products that are made with care and attention to detail.

We’ve collected numerous stories from customers who discovered our handmade products through various channels, from social media to personal recommendations. Each customer had their own reason for making that initial purchase, whether it was curiosity about different types of artisanal goods or a desire to experience the craftsmanship firsthand.

Channel Discovery Reason Customer Response
Social Media Curiosity about artisanal goods Immediate recognition of quality difference
Personal Recommendations Desire for unique products Appreciation for craftsmanship
In-Store Experience Sensory appeal of products New standard set for product expectations

The Unique Appeal of S&S Handmade Products

At S&S, our handmade products stand out due to their exceptional quality and the careful attention to detail that goes into each item. Customers rave about the distinctive textures, aromas, and visual appeal that our products offer, which are often described as pure nostalgic joy and blissful.

Many of our loyal customers report that their first experience with S&S products resulted in an immediate recognition of the quality difference compared to mass-produced alternatives. The discovery journey often begins with curiosity but quickly transforms into appreciation for the craftsmanship evident in every detail.

  • Customer testimonials highlight how their first purchase set a new standard for what they expect from products in that category.
  • The sensory experience forms a significant part of the discovery process, with customers noting the distinctive textures, aromas, and visual appeal.
  • For many customers, finding our products marked a turning page in their consumer habits, leading them to seek out more handmade and artisanal goods.

How Our Customers Discovered the Difference

The journey of discovering S&S handmade products is unique for each customer. Some stumble upon our products while browsing social media, while others are introduced through friends or family members. Regardless of the discovery channel, the common thread is the appreciation for the craftsmanship and quality that our products embody.

The results of switching to handmade products often extend beyond the physical item itself, creating emotional connections and stories that become part of the customer’s personal narrative. As one customer noted, “Salt & Straw is pretty much the best ice cream there is,” reflecting the high regard in which our products are held.

By choosing handmade products, customers are not only acquiring a high-quality item but are also becoming part of a larger story that values craftsmanship, sustainability, and community.

Meet Sarah: Finding Connection Through Handcrafted Knitwear

It was the purchase of a single, handcrafted sweater that set Sarah on a path of discovery, leading her to reevaluate her entire approach to fashion and personal style. This moment marked the beginning of a significant transformation in her life, one that would influence not just her wardrobe, but her overall outlook on consumption and sustainability.

From Fast Fashion Fatigue to Sustainable Style

Sarah’s journey began with a growing sense of dissatisfaction with the fast fashion cycle. She found herself increasingly drawn to the idea of sustainable style, but wasn’t sure where to start. “We employ female artisans in rural Lithuania, giving them a living wage, financial independence, and a voice in their communities,” she read about our company. This resonated deeply with her, as did our commitment to sustainability: “Our female-founded factories use 100% natural yarns, which are not only great for your wardrobe, but also for the planet.”

For several compelling reasons, Sarah decided to take the plunge and invest in a handcrafted sweater. The decision was influenced by her growing awareness of the environmental and social impacts of her purchasing choices. As she began to explore different types of handmade products, she discovered a new appreciation for the craftsmanship and longevity they offered.

Her new mindset had set boundaries around impulse buying and created a framework for more intentional decisions about what she brought into her home. This shift was not just about fashion; it was part of a broader lifestyle change that emphasized quality over quantity.

The Emotional Impact of Wearing Ethically Made Clothing

Wearing ethically made clothing had a profound emotional impact on Sarah. She felt a deep connection to the artisans who crafted her garments, knowing that their work was valued and fairly compensated. This connection was not just about the physical product; it was about being part of a community that valued craftsmanship and sustainability.

The results of Sarah’s wardrobe transformation were not limited to her closet. Her new approach to fashion influenced her friends and family, encouraging them to reconsider their own consumption habits. As she noted, the most surprising thing about her journey was the satisfaction she derived from owning fewer, better-made items.

“The most surprising thing about my journey was discovering how much more satisfaction I derive from owning fewer, better-made items than from a closet full of disposable fashion.”

How Sarah’s Wardrobe Transformation Changed Her Outlook

Sarah’s transformation was not just about her wardrobe; it was about her outlook on life. By choosing handmade products, she initiated a virtuous cycle of more conscious consumption across all aspects of her life. Being part of a community that values artisanal craftsmanship connected her with like-minded individuals who shared her appreciation for quality and sustainability.

As Sarah continued on her journey, she found that her new mindset influenced various aspects of her life, from the way she shopped to the company she kept. The ripple effect of her choices was a testament to the power of individual actions in driving broader change.

The James Family: Creating New Traditions with Handmade Ice Cream

We’ve had the pleasure of watching the James family integrate our handmade ice cream into their family traditions. For them, our artisanal ice cream has become more than just a dessert; it’s a way to celebrate milestones, create new memories, and bond over shared experiences.

Breaking the Store-Bought Dessert Cycle

The James family’s journey with S&S began when they sought to move away from store-bought desserts and embrace a more personal and unique approach to their celebrations. They discovered that our artisanal ice cream offered a reason to break this cycle and start new traditions.

One of the primary reasons they chose our ice cream was its exceptional quality and the experience it provided. Unlike mass-produced ice creams, our artisanal flavors brought a new level of excitement to their gatherings. The James family appreciated the variety of types of ice cream we offered, from classic flavors to innovative and seasonal creations.

Occasion S&S Flavor Chosen Reason for Choice
Birthday Strawberry Cheesecake Favorite flavor of the birthday person
Anniversary Classic Vanilla Bean Timeless and elegant, matching their wedding flavor
Graduation Mint Chocolate Chip Refreshing and celebratory

Monthly Flavor Adventures: A Family Bonding Experience

The James family has made it a point to explore different types of our ice cream flavors every month. This has become a fun family activity, where they look forward to tasting new and limited-edition flavors. Our shop has become a shop they visit regularly, not just for the ice cream, but for the experience it offers.

Being part of the S&S community has enhanced their special occasions, with our shop becoming what they describe as “one part neighborhood gathering place and one part Willy Wonka-style ice cream flavor laboratory.” This unique experience has made our ice cream a staple in their celebrations.

The family has set their own tradition of gifting our ice cream to friends and extended family, spreading their appreciation for handcrafted quality beyond their immediate household. They particularly value our limited-edition and seasonal offerings, considering these ones worth planning celebrations around.

How Artisanal Ice Cream Became Their Special Occasion Staple

Over time, the James family has come to associate specific S&S flavors with particular achievements and milestones. What began as a dessert choice has evolved into a family language of celebration. They now mark different types of milestones with specially selected S&S flavors that complement the occasion.

Their story illustrates how an artisanal food product can transcend its category to become an emotional touchstone and marker of significant life moments. For the James family, our ice cream is more than just a treat; it’s a way to create lasting memories and strengthen their bond.

In conclusion, the James family’s experience with S&S artisanal ice cream demonstrates the power of handmade traditions in creating meaningful and lasting celebrations. By integrating our ice cream into their family rituals, they’ve found a new way to make every occasion special.

Real Stories from S&S Customers: Why They Chose Handmade Over Store-Bought

The decision to opt for handmade products is often rooted in a deeper connection to the craftsmanship and the people behind them. At S&S, we have seen a significant number of customers who value the unique qualities of handmade products, from the quality difference to the positive environmental impact and the human connection that comes with supporting artisans.

The Quality Difference: Customer Testimonials

One of the primary reasons our customers choose handmade products is the noticeable difference in quality. Our customers frequently comment on the superior craftsmanship and attention to detail that goes into each handmade item.

Exceptional Craftsmanship: We hear consistently from customers that the quality of our handmade products far exceeds that of mass-produced alternatives. For instance, Sarah, one of our loyal customers, shared her experience with our handcrafted knitwear. She appreciated the meticulous attention to detail and the care that each piece receives.

  • Customers appreciate the durability and longevity of handmade products.
  • The unique characteristics of each handmade item are seen as a significant advantage.
  • The personal touch in handmade products creates a deeper emotional connection with the customer.

These testimonials highlight the reason behind the growing preference for handmade products: a desire for quality that is often lacking in mass-produced items.

Sustainability Stories: Environmental Impact Matters

Another crucial factor driving the demand for handmade products is their environmental sustainability. Our customers are increasingly aware of the environmental footprint of their purchases and appreciate the eco-friendly aspects of handmade products.

Eco-Friendly Practices: We employ female artisans in rural Lithuania, giving them a living wage, financial independence, and a voice in their communities. This approach not only supports local economies but also promotes sustainable practices. Many of our customers have set intentions to use their consumer power more mindfully, choosing products that are made with environmentally friendly methods.

“We are committed to sustainability and ensuring that our practices are environmentally responsible,” says one of our artisans. “It’s fulfilling to be part of a process that values both people and the planet.”

Our customers value the different types of positive social impacts their purchases create, from providing living wages to preserving traditional crafts. By choosing handmade, customers are supporting a supply chain that prioritizes human dignity and fair compensation, creating economic opportunities in communities that need them.

Supporting Artisans: The Human Connection

The human connection is a vital aspect of why our customers prefer handmade products. The stories of our artisans, including the pairs of hands that craft each product, create meaningful connections that go beyond the typical retail experience.

Customers frequently mention how knowing the human story behind their purchases transforms ordinary objects into meaningful possessions with histories and narratives. This personal connection is a significant reason customers choose handmade over store-bought items.

By supporting artisans, our customers are not just buying products; they are becoming part of a larger community that values ethical consumption and fair labor practices. This connection to the person behind the product fosters a deeper appreciation and loyalty to our brand.

The Craftsmanship Behind Our Products: What Customers Notice

The unique charm of our handmade products lies in the meticulous attention to detail and traditional techniques employed by our artisans. At S&S, we make beautiful knitwear honoring heritage craftsmanship, a fact that is consistently reflected in customer feedback.

Our customers often articulate specific reasons why they appreciate the quality of our handmade products, from their superior performance to their distinctive character. This appreciation is rooted in the various types of quality indicators present in our products, including the excellence of raw materials and the precision of construction and finishing details.

Attention to Detail: The Artisan’s Touch

The artisan’s touch is evident in every stitch, every weave, and every detail of our handmade products. This attention to detail is a hallmark of our brand and a key factor in the superior quality of our products. Customers have come to set higher standards for their purchases after experiencing the difference in our handmade products, becoming more discerning consumers across all categories.

Being part of a quality-focused community has enhanced many customers’ appreciation for craftsmanship and helped them develop more refined preferences. The tangible results of our commitment to quality manifest in products that not only perform better but also age more beautifully than their mass-produced counterparts.

Quality Indicator Description Customer Benefit
Raw Materials Excellence in sourcing high-quality materials Durable and long-lasting products
Construction Precision Attention to detail in every stitch and weave Superior performance and aesthetic appeal
Finishing Details Precision in finishing touches Enhanced overall quality and character

Traditional Techniques in Modern Products

Our commitment to heritage craftsmanship means that we continue to employ traditional techniques in the production of our modern products. This blend of old and new results in a unique selection of products that are both timeless and contemporary.

Customers frequently comment on the thoughtful selection of materials and techniques that contribute to the overall excellence of our products. This appreciation reflects a growing segment of consumers who are prioritizing quality over quantity and seeking products with integrity and longevity.

  • Traditional knitting techniques combined with modern designs
  • Use of high-quality, sustainable materials
  • Attention to detail in every aspect of production

Customer Appreciation for Handmade Quality

The appreciation for handmade quality is a common thread among our customers. Many have expressed that the quality of our products has been a reason to return to us for future purchases. The different types of quality indicators in our products have set a new standard for these customers.

As customers become more aware of the craftsmanship that goes into our products, they become part of a larger community that values quality and integrity. The results of this appreciation are evident in the loyalty and advocacy of our customer base.

Michael’s Story: From Skeptic to Handmade Advocate

We were astonished when Michael, one of our most vocal critics, became an ardent supporter of our handmade products, driven by his firsthand experience with their exceptional quality. Michael’s transformation is a compelling narrative that underscores the value of craftsmanship and attention to detail that defines our brand.

Initial Doubts About Handmade Value

Michael’s initial skepticism about handmade products was rooted in a common concern: “Why is handmade always advertised as superior to machine-made? Wouldn’t handmade have more human error and thus be prone to breaking or damage more easily?” This question resonated with many of our potential customers who, like Michael, were uncertain about the value proposition of handmade products.

For Michael, the perception that handmade products were inherently more prone to errors due to human involvement was a significant deterrent. He questioned whether the premium pricing of handmade products could be justified, given the potential for variability in quality. This skepticism was not unique to Michael; many consumers share similar doubts, making his eventual conversion particularly noteworthy.

  • Michael’s initial doubts were fueled by concerns over quality consistency.
  • He was unsure if the unique characteristics of handmade products justified the higher cost.
  • Like many consumers, Michael was influenced by the perception that machine-made products offered reliability and uniformity.

The Turning Point: When Quality Became Evident

The turning point for Michael came when he directly experienced the quality of our handmade products. He was introduced to our range of artisanal goods, and the craftsmanship that went into each item impressed him. The attention to detail, the care in the manufacturing process, and the overall aesthetic appeal of our products resonated with him on a deeper level.

As Michael began to appreciate the nuances of handmade craftsmanship, he started to see the value in the unique characteristics of each product. He realized that the human touch, rather than being a liability, was actually a significant advantage, imbuing each item with a sense of personality and history.

  1. Michael was struck by the superior quality of our handmade products.
  2. The craftsmanship and attention to detail were compelling reasons for him to reconsider his initial skepticism.
  3. He began to appreciate the unique stories and characteristics behind each handmade item.

Michael’s experience with our products was a set of moments that collectively transformed his perception. He started to recommend our products to different types of people in his network, tailoring his endorsements to address their specific concerns. This not only demonstrated his growing confidence in our brand but also showcased his evolving understanding of what made our products special.

How Michael Became Our Brand Ambassador

As Michael became more enamored with our handmade products, he began to identify as part of a community that valued craftsmanship and quality. Being part of this community became important to him, and he found satisfaction in introducing skeptical ones in his circle to our products. Recognizing his former self in their doubts, Michael took pride in their eventual conversion, having become a credible person to speak about the genuine value of our handmade offerings.

Michael’s journey represents the power of quality to overcome skepticism and create authentic brand advocates. His evolution from critic to champion happened organically, making him a particularly compelling voice for our brand. As we reflect on Michael’s story, it becomes clear that his transformation was driven by a combination of factors, including the exceptional quality of our products and the compelling reason to believe in the value of handmade craftsmanship.

The Emotional Connection: Why Customers Feel Attached to Their S&S Items

Our handmade products have a way of becoming intertwined with our customers’ personal stories and memories. This connection is not accidental; it’s a result of the care, craftsmanship, and thoughtfulness that goes into every item we create. At S&S, we’ve observed that our handmade products often become more than just items; they become keepsakes and memory keepers.

Beyond Functionality: The Sentimental Value

The sentimental value of our products is one reason customers form such strong emotional bonds. For many, our handmade items are not just objects but hold sentimental significance. They are part of special moments, milestones, and everyday memories that make life richer.

Customers incorporate different types of S&S products into significant life events, creating associations that transform these objects into mementos. Whether it’s a family gathering, a personal achievement, or a simple moment of joy, our products become set in the context of these experiences, giving them a deeper meaning.

Being part of memory creation gives our products significance beyond their physical attributes, embedding them in customers’ personal narratives and family histories. This is a key reason why customers return to us, not just for the quality of our products, but for the memories and emotions they evoke.

Gift-Giving Stories: Sharing the Handmade Experience

Gift-giving is another significant reason our customers form emotional connections with S&S products. When customers choose our handmade items as gifts, they are sharing more than just a product; they are sharing an experience and a piece of themselves. The thoughtfulness and care that go into selecting a handmade gift make it a special thing to receive.

Our customers have shared numerous stories of how our products have been used in gift-giving, making various occasions even more memorable. From birthdays to holidays, our handmade products are often the place where memories begin, as they are associated with the joy and thoughtfulness of giving.

Many have set traditions around our products, such as annual purchases that mark the passage of time or special-occasion rituals that become anticipated family customs. This tradition-building is a testament to the emotional connection our customers have with our brand.

Creating Memories Through Thoughtful Purchases

The act of purchasing and using our handmade products is, for many, an act of creating memories. Customers have shared stories of how our products have been integral to family traditions, personal milestones, and everyday moments of joy. Our scoop shops, in particular, have become a place where memories are made, with customers sharing stories of first dates, celebration traditions, and meaningful conversations had over our handcrafted ice cream.

The most remarkable thing about these memory associations is their longevity. Customers often report that years later, the sight, taste, or feel of our products instantly transports them back to significant moments. This is a powerful testament to the emotional connection our customers have with S&S.

These memory-creation stories illustrate how thoughtfully chosen handmade products can serve as anchors for experiences, helping to preserve precious moments in tangible form. For many, our products are more than just items; they are a reason to come together, to celebrate, and to remember.

The Durability Factor: Customer Stories of Long-Lasting Handmade Products

One of the most compelling reasons customers choose our handmade products is their exceptional durability, a factor that sets them apart from mass-produced goods. At S&S, we take pride in crafting items that not only meet but exceed our customers’ expectations in terms of quality and longevity. Our commitment to using high-quality materials and traditional craftsmanship results in products that stand the test of time.

Comparing Lifespan: Handmade vs. Mass-Produced

When comparing the lifespan of handmade products to their mass-produced counterparts, the difference is often stark. Customers frequently report that our handmade items last significantly longer, sometimes by years, compared to similar products purchased from stores. This longevity is a direct result of the attention to detail and care taken during the production process.

There are several key reasons why handmade products outlast mass-produced ones:

  • Superior materials that are chosen for durability and sustainability.
  • Craftsmanship that focuses on creating products that are not just functional but also beautiful and long-lasting.
  • A production process that prioritizes quality over quantity.

For reason of quality and durability, many customers prefer our handmade products over mass-produced alternatives. This preference is reflected in the various types of products they choose, from clothing to home decor.

Heirloom Potential: Products That Last Generations

Some of our customers have shared stories of how our handmade products have become family heirlooms, passed down through generations. The emotional and sentimental value of these items grows over time, making them even more precious to their owners. We take pride in knowing that our products can become a part of family histories, symbolizing love and connection.

The heirloom potential of our handmade products is not just a coincidence; it’s a result of our commitment to quality and durability. By choosing handmade, customers are not just buying a product; they are investing in a piece of craftsmanship that can be treasured for years to come. Many have set out to create a legacy with our products.

The Cost-Per-Use Advantage: Customer Calculations

Many of our customers have calculated the cost-per-use of our handmade products and have been surprised by the long-term value they offer. By dividing the initial cost by the number of years the product lasts, customers often find that our handmade items are more economical in the long run compared to cheaper, mass-produced alternatives.

There are different types of value metrics that customers use to evaluate our products:

  • Years of service, where the product’s lifespan is the key factor.
  • Frequency of use, where how often the product is used determines its value.
  • Overall satisfaction, which considers the product’s performance and the customer’s happiness with it.

Our free worldwide shipping policy further enhances the value proposition, making it easier for customers worldwide to experience the quality of our handmade products.

By considering these factors, customers can make more informed purchasing decisions, recognizing that the initial higher cost of handmade products can result in significant long-term savings and value. This approach helps customers be part of a more sustainable consumption model.

The results of these cost calculations often surprise customers, challenging their initial assumptions about the relative expense of handmade products.

Emma’s Collection: How One Customer Built Her S&S Wardrobe

Emma’s journey into the world of handmade fashion began with a single, thoughtful purchase that would set the stage for a transformed wardrobe. This initial step marked the beginning of a deliberate and considered approach to building a collection of garments that were not only aesthetically pleasing but also imbued with a sense of craftsmanship and history.

Starting Small: The First Handmade Purchase

Emma’s first foray into handmade clothing was characterized by a mix of excitement and trepidation. She had always been drawn to the idea of owning unique, high-quality pieces, but was unsure how to navigate this new terrain. The decision to purchase her first handmade item was influenced by several factors, including a growing awareness of the environmental impact of fast fashion and a desire to support artisans who were preserving traditional craftsmanship.

She recalls being particularly impressed by the attention to detail in her first handmade sweater, noting that the quality of the material and the precision of the stitching were far superior to anything she had encountered in mass-produced clothing. This initial experience set a high standard for her subsequent purchases, with Emma seeking out items that not only met her aesthetic criteria but also adhered to her evolving values regarding sustainability and ethical production.

The types of garments Emma was drawn to during this early phase included sweaters, cardigans, and dresses, all of which were crafted from high-quality materials and exhibited a level of craftsmanship that was evident in every detail. As she continued to explore the world of handmade fashion, Emma began to appreciate the diversity within this category, recognizing that different types of garments could be mixed and matched to create a cohesive and versatile wardrobe.

Type of Garment Material Craftsmanship
Sweaters Merino wool Intricate cable patterns
Cardigans Cotton blends Precise buttonhole stitching
Dresses Silk and linen Hand-finished seams

Building a Cohesive Collection Over Time

As Emma continued to add to her wardrobe, she began to notice the ways in which her handmade garments worked together to create a unified aesthetic. She appreciated how the different pieces could be mixed and matched to suit various occasions, from casual daily wear to more formal events. This versatility was a key factor in her decision to continue investing in handmade clothing, as it allowed her to feel confident that she was building a truly sustainable wardrobe.

One of the primary reasons Emma values her handmade collection is the reason it has simplified her approach to dressing. By focusing on a smaller number of high-quality, well-crafted items, she has eliminated the “nothing to wear” dilemma that often accompanies a cluttered, trend-driven wardrobe. Instead, Emma finds joy in the simplicity and coherence of her curated collection, which she believes reflects her personal style more accurately than a vast array of fast-fashion purchases.

The process of building this cohesive collection was not without its challenges, however. Emma had to set boundaries around her purchasing decisions, being mindful of the need to balance her desire for new, handmade items with the risk of accumulating too many possessions. By being part of a community that values mindful consumption, Emma found support and guidance as she navigated these decisions.

  • Emma appreciates the physical comfort of quality materials.
  • She values the ethical alignment of her purchasing decisions with her personal values.
  • The handmade garments work together harmoniously, creating a cohesive aesthetic.

The Joy of a Curated Handmade Wardrobe

The joy Emma finds in her curated wardrobe extends beyond the garments themselves to the simplified morning routine and reduced decision fatigue that come from wearing well-made, versatile items. She has come to realize that the true value of her handmade collection lies not just in the individual pieces, but in the way they work together to create a sense of personal style and confidence.

For Emma, certain items in her collection have become particularly significant, standing out as statement pieces that define her style and receive the most compliments. These items, which she refers to as “the ones,” are not only beautiful but also carry a sense of history and craftsmanship that she finds deeply satisfying.

In reflecting on her journey, Emma notes that being part of a movement toward more mindful consumption has connected her with a community of like-minded individuals who share her appreciation for craftsmanship and quality. This sense of belonging to a larger community has been a powerful motivator for Emma, encouraging her to continue curating a wardrobe that is not only beautiful but also meaningful.

Key Takeaways from Emma’s Experience:

  1. Investing in quality over quantity can lead to a more satisfying and sustainable wardrobe.
  2. The process of curating a handmade collection encourages a more mindful approach to consumption.
  3. A well-crafted, cohesive wardrobe can simplify daily dressing and enhance personal style.

The Customization Experience: Personalized Products That Customers Love

The customization experience is a cornerstone of our brand, allowing customers to create products that truly reflect their personal style. At S&S, we pride ourselves on offering more than just handmade products; we provide a platform for customers to bring their unique ideas to life.

Our commitment to customization is rooted in several important reasons. First and foremost, we believe that every customer has distinct needs and preferences that cannot be met by mass-produced items. By offering personalized products, we empower our customers to create something that is truly their own.

Beyond One-Size-Fits-All: Customer Sizing Stories

One of the primary ways customers customize our products is through sizing. We understand that size is not just about fitting into a particular measurement; it’s about comfort and functionality. Our customers have shared numerous stories of how our sizing options have made a significant difference in their experience with our products.

For instance, we had a customer who required a specific size adaptation for a product that would accommodate their unique body proportions. We worked closely with them to understand their needs and delivered a product that not only met but exceeded their expectations.

  • We offer various size options for our products, ensuring that every customer can find the perfect fit.
  • Our sizing process is designed to be straightforward and hassle-free, with clear guidelines to help customers choose the right size.
  • Customers appreciate the flexibility we offer in terms of size, as it allows them to enjoy our products without compromise.

Data from our customers supports the importance of sizing options. For example, our product pricing is as follows: “SELECT SIZE↓ S €180 M €180 L €180,” demonstrating that size is not a factor in pricing, making it fair for all customers regardless of their size requirements.

Color and Design Choices: Making It Your Own

Beyond sizing, customers also appreciate the ability to customize the color and design of our products. This aspect of personalization allows customers to make our products truly their own, reflecting their personal style and preferences.

We have seen customers get creative with their color and design choices, often resulting in unique and innovative types of products that we hadn’t previously considered. This collaborative process not only benefits the customer but also inspires us to explore new design possibilities.

For example, a customer once requested a custom color that wasn’t part of our standard palette. We were happy to accommodate their request, and the result was a product that they loved, and we were proud to produce.

“The ability to customize the color and design of my purchase was a game-changer. It made the product feel truly mine.” – Customer Testimonial

Special Requests: When Customers Become Co-Creators

Some customers take their customization to the next level by making special requests. These requests can range from functional modifications to aesthetic enhancements, each reflecting the customer’s personal vision for the perfect product.

We welcome these requests for several reasons, including our commitment to creating products that truly meet our customers’ unique needs and preferences. By being part of the creation process, customers transform their experience from transactional to collaborative, resulting in deeper satisfaction and stronger brand loyalty.

The co-creation process often yields unexpected results that enhance our standard offerings, inspiring innovations that benefit our broader customer base. For instance, a customer might request a specific feature that we hadn’t considered before. If feasible, we incorporate this feature into the product, potentially setting a new standard for our product line.

Being part of this process not only delights our customers but also enriches our product development, creating a cycle of continuous improvement and innovation.

As we continue to work closely with our customers, we’re reminded that the flexibility and responsiveness of handmade production allow for a level of personalization that mass manufacturing simply cannot match. This is what sets us apart and makes our products truly special.

From Online Discovery to Loyal Customer: Digital Journey Stories

The digital journey to becoming a loyal customer involves multiple interactions, and we’re proud to say that our customers have come to trust us for several fundamental reasons. This trust is not built overnight but is a result of consistent efforts across various touchpoints, starting from the initial online discovery to the unboxing moment and beyond.

First Impressions: Website and Social Media Experiences

First impressions matter significantly in the digital realm. Our website and social media platforms are designed to provide a seamless and engaging experience, setting the tone for the customer’s journey with us. We strive to make these initial interactions as informative and user-friendly as possible, for several key reasons.

  • Our website is optimized for ease of navigation, ensuring that customers can find what they’re looking for quickly.
  • Social media platforms are used not just for marketing but also for engaging with our audience, responding to queries, and providing customer support.
  • The visual appeal and content quality on these platforms play a crucial role in capturing the customer’s attention and conveying our brand values.

By focusing on these aspects, we create a positive first impression that encourages customers to explore our brand further. Different types of content resonate with different segments of our audience, and we tailor our approach accordingly.

The Unboxing Moment: When Expectations Were Exceeded

The unboxing experience is a critical moment in the customer’s journey, as it represents the tangible aspect of their interaction with our brand. We’ve received numerous accounts where customers were delighted by the quality of our products and the care taken in packaging, which exceeded their expectations for various reasons.

Some of the factors that contribute to a memorable unboxing experience include:

  • The quality of the product itself, which is a result of meticulous craftsmanship and attention to detail.
  • The packaging, which is designed to be both aesthetically pleasing and protective of the product.
  • Personal touches, such as handwritten notes or customized packaging, which add a personal element to the experience.

These elements combined create a lasting impression and are part of the reason why our customers become loyal advocates for our brand.

Building Trust Through Consistent Quality and Service

Consistency is key to building trust with our customers. We achieve this through several means, including maintaining high standards of product quality and providing responsive customer service. Being part of our customer community means having access to attentive service, including a dedicated manager who ensures that any concerns are addressed promptly and thoroughly.

Some of the ways we maintain consistency include:

  1. Ensuring that every product meets our high standards, which involves rigorous quality control processes.
  2. Providing customer support that is responsive and helpful, addressing queries and concerns in a timely manner.
  3. Having a transparent returns policy, which demonstrates our confidence in our products while providing customers with the security of knowing they have recourse if their purchase doesn’t meet their expectations.

By setting high standards and striving to meet or exceed them with every interaction, we build confidence that encourages repeat purchases and referrals. The trust we build through consistent quality and service creates a foundation for long-term relationships that transcend individual transactions.

The Business Gift Revolution: Corporate Customers Choose Handmade

As businesses continue to seek meaningful ways to connect with clients and partners, the shift towards handmade corporate gifts is gaining momentum. We partner with companies who choose handmade corporate gifts for several strategic reasons, particularly to align their gifting practices with their organizational values and brand identity.

Moving Beyond Generic Corporate Gifts

Companies are moving away from generic corporate gifts, opting instead for unique, handmade products that reflect their brand’s character and values. There are several reasons behind this shift. For one, handmade gifts offer a level of personalization and thoughtfulness that mass-produced items cannot match.

Businesses select different types of handmade products that reflect specific aspects of their corporate culture – from sustainability commitments to quality standards. This alignment is crucial as it allows companies to demonstrate their values in tangible form.

Types of Handmade Gifts Corporate Culture Aspect Example
Eco-friendly products Sustainability commitments Recycled paper notebooks
Artisanal food items Quality standards Handmade chocolates
Customized crafts Brand identity Personalized leather bags

Impact on Client Relationships: Feedback Stories

The impact of handmade gifts on client relationships cannot be overstated. Many companies have set explicit connections between their company mission and the stories behind the handmade gifts they select, creating coherent narratives that strengthen their brand perception.

Corporate decision-makers, from marketing managers to C-suite executives, recognize that their gifting choices communicate powerful messages about what their organization truly values. By choosing handmade gifts, companies demonstrate their commitment to quality, sustainability, and supporting artisans.

Feedback from clients and partners has been overwhelmingly positive, with many appreciating the thought and effort that goes into selecting unique, handmade gifts. This positive reception is a key reason why companies continue to invest in handmade corporate gifts.

“The handmade gifts we received from our partners were not only beautiful but also reflected a deep understanding of our company’s values. It was a meaningful gesture that strengthened our relationship.”

— Client Testimonial

How Handmade Gifts Reflect Company Values

Handmade gifts offer companies an opportunity to demonstrate their values in a tangible way. By being part of a more mindful approach to corporate gifting, companies can show their commitment to sustainability, quality, and community support.

These alignment stories show how handmade corporate gifts can serve as authentic expressions of company identity, reinforcing brand values through thoughtful actions rather than just words. The form these gifts take can vary widely, from artisanal crafts to customized products.

In conclusion, the shift towards handmade corporate gifts is more than just a trend; it’s a reflection of a deeper commitment to values-driven business practices. As companies continue to navigate the complexities of the modern business landscape, handmade gifts offer a meaningful way to connect with clients, partners, and stakeholders on a more personal level.

Community Impact: How S&S Customers Support Artisan Livelihoods

The ripple effect of our customers’ purchasing decisions is felt deeply within the communities our artisans call home. At S&S, we employ female artisans in rural Lithuania, giving them a living wage, financial independence, and a voice in their communities. This foundational aspect of our business model not only supports the artisans but also has a broader impact on their communities.

The Ripple Effect of Choosing Handmade

When customers choose handmade products, they are contributing to a sustainable business model that benefits the community in several ways. For one, our artisans practice different types of traditional crafts, from knitting and weaving to ice cream making, each requiring specialized skills developed through years of dedicated practice. Many have set up small workshops in their communities, creating employment opportunities for others and passing down traditional techniques to younger generations.

Being part of a sustainable business model has allowed our artisans to remain in their communities rather than migrating to urban centers in search of economic opportunities. This not only preserves cultural heritage but also supports the local economy. Our production manager works closely with artisans to ensure they have the resources, support, and fair compensation they need to create exceptional products while maintaining work-life balance.

Community Impact Description Benefit
Economic Support Fair wages and employment opportunities Financial stability for artisans and their families
Cultural Preservation Preservation of traditional crafts Continued practice and passing down of cultural heritage
Community Development Setup of small workshops Employment opportunities and community growth

Customer Awareness of Ethical Production

We share our artisans’ stories for several compelling reasons, helping customers understand the real human impact of their purchasing decisions. By doing so, we raise awareness about the importance of ethical production and the positive change it can bring to communities. Customers are increasingly looking for reasons to believe in the brands they support, and our artisans’ narratives provide a personal touch to our brand.

Our commitment to transparency and fairness in our production processes is a key part of our brand identity. Customers appreciate knowing that their purchases are not only high-quality but also part of a larger mission to support artisans and their communities.

  • Customers are informed about the craftsmanship and effort that goes into each handmade product.
  • The stories of our artisans highlight the human aspect of our brand.
  • Ethical production practices are emphasized as a core value.

Stories from the Artisans: How Customer Choices Matter

The artisans frequently mention that the most rewarding ones are the pieces that allow them to fully express their creativity and craftsmanship rather than rushing to meet production quotas. These narratives illustrate how conscious consumption creates tangible benefits for real people, transforming abstract ethical commitments into concrete improvements in human lives.

By supporting S&S, customers are directly contributing to the well-being of our artisans. Our artisans’ stories are a testament to the positive impact of customer choices and the difference they can make in the lives of those who create our products.

Overcoming Objections: When Customers Hesitated Before Choosing Handmade

At S&S, we’ve encountered numerous customers who had reservations about switching to handmade products, concerns that we’ve worked to alleviate.

Understanding and addressing these concerns is crucial to helping potential customers feel confident in their purchasing decisions. In this section, we’ll explore the primary objections customers have had and how we’ve addressed them.

Price Concerns: Value Realization Stories

One of the most common objections to handmade products is the perceived higher price point compared to mass-produced items. However, many of our customers have come to realize that the value of handmade products far exceeds their initial cost.

For instance, a customer might initially balk at the price of a handmade sweater, only to later appreciate its durability and the story behind its creation. We’ve seen customers come to understand that while the initial outlay might be higher, the long-term value and satisfaction derived from handmade products make them a worthwhile investment.

Key factors that contribute to the perceived value of handmade products include:

  • Quality of materials and craftsmanship
  • Unique or bespoke nature of the product
  • Story and emotional connection behind the product
  • Durability and longevity of the product
Feature Handmade Products Mass-Produced Products
Material Quality High-quality, carefully selected materials Often cheaper, less durable materials
Craftsmanship Skilled artisans, attention to detail Machine-made, less attention to detail
Uniqueness Unique or bespoke, one-of-a-kind Mass-produced, often identical
Durability Long-lasting, durable Often less durable, shorter lifespan

Consistency Questions: Handmade Reliability

Another concern potential customers have is about the consistency and reliability of handmade products. There’s a misconception that because handmade items are crafted individually, they may vary significantly in quality.

We’ve worked to address this concern by implementing rigorous quality control measures, ensuring that every product meets our high standards. Our artisans undergo thorough training, and we have a multi-step inspection process to guarantee consistency across our product line.

For example, we’ve had customers who were initially hesitant to purchase handmade clothing due to concerns about sizing. In response, we’ve developed detailed sizing charts and offer customization options to ensure the best fit.

Measures we’ve taken to ensure consistency include:

  • Rigorous training for artisans
  • Multi-step quality control process
  • Detailed product descriptions and sizing charts
  • Customer feedback and review system

Accessibility Issues: How We Made Handmade Accessible

Accessibility is another area where we’ve made significant efforts to address customer concerns. We recognize that handmade products should be available to a diverse range of customers, not just a select few.

To make handmade more accessible, we’ve implemented several strategies. For instance, we’ve introduced a range of price points, from more affordable starter pieces to premium investment items. We’ve also made our shipping policy more customer-friendly by offering Free Worldwide Shipping and ensuring that Taxes & duties are included in the price, eliminating unexpected costs at checkout.

Furthermore, we’ve expanded our size ranges to be more inclusive, ensuring that our wearable products can be enjoyed by customers of various body types. This approach not only makes our products more accessible but also promotes a more inclusive definition of handmade quality.

Accessibility Initiative Description Benefit to Customers
Range of Price Points From affordable starter pieces to premium items Makes handmade products more financially accessible
Free Worldwide Shipping No additional shipping costs regardless of location Eliminates hidden costs, making products more affordable
Inclusive Sizing Expanded size ranges to fit diverse body types Ensures that products are accessible to a broader customer base

The Future of Handmade: Where Our Customers See the Movement Going

As we look to the future, our customers’ insights reveal a compelling narrative about the handmade movement’s potential trajectory. By engaging with our customers, we’re gaining a deeper understanding of their vision for the future of handmade products, which is driving our product development and business strategy.

Technology and Tradition: Customer Perspectives

The intersection of technology and tradition is a critical area where our customers are providing valuable insights. Many customers are excited about the prospect of technology enhancing traditional craftsmanship, making handmade products more accessible and sustainable. For one reason, customers appreciate how technology can improve production efficiency without compromising the artisanal quality they cherish.

There are various types of technological advancements that customers are interested in, from digital platforms that showcase artisans’ work to tools that aid in the crafting process. We’re seeing a growing interest in how technology can be harnessed to preserve traditional techniques while making them more appealing to a wider audience.

Technological Advancements Customer Interest Potential Impact
Digital Platforms High Increased visibility for artisans
Crafting Tools Moderate Improved efficiency and quality
Social Media High Enhanced community engagement

Growing Demand for Authenticity and Craftsmanship

The demand for authenticity and craftsmanship is on the rise, driven by customers seeking unique, high-quality products that tell a story. One of the main reasons behind this trend is the growing dissatisfaction with mass-produced items that lack character and personal touch.

Customers are looking for different types of handmade products, from clothing to home decor, that reflect their values and personal style. They’re willing to pay a premium for products that are made with care and attention to detail, and that come with a story or history.

As part of our commitment to meeting this demand, we’re working to expand our product lines while staying true to our craftsmanship values. This involves collaborating with artisans who share our vision for quality and authenticity.

Customer Wishlist: New Handmade Categories

We’ve been actively soliciting customer input about desired product categories, and the response has been enlightening. Many customers have set specific requests for products they wish existed in handmade form, having found mass-produced versions unsatisfactory in quality or character.

The ones that customers are most interested in are products that play significant roles in their daily lives but are rarely available with true handmade quality. Some customers even suggest collaborative approaches, where they might resort to co-creation opportunities that allow them to participate more directly in the design of products they wish to own.

By listening to our customers’ wishes, we’re identifying promising directions for growth while ensuring that our expansion remains aligned with our core values and craftsmanship capabilities.

Conclusion: The Lasting Impact of Choosing Handmade

Our customers’ experiences demonstrate that the decision to choose handmade is not just about products, but about embracing a lifestyle that values quality, sustainability, and human connection. This shift in consumer behavior is driven by various reasons, including the desire for durability, the appreciation of craftsmanship, and the need for meaningful interactions with the products and people behind them.

The stories shared by our customers highlight different types of value that handmade products create. From the practical benefits of longevity and performance to the emotional rewards of connection and meaning, these narratives illustrate the multifaceted impact of choosing handmade. As a result, our customers have set new standards for their consumption habits, moving beyond the disposable mindset that has dominated consumer culture for decades.

Being part of a more mindful approach to consumption gives our customers satisfaction that extends far beyond the immediate pleasure of acquisition. The results of choosing quality over quantity manifest in homes that contain fewer but more meaningful items, each with its own story and character. Our shop has become more than just a place of commerce – it’s a community hub where people connect over shared values and appreciation for craftsmanship.

The size of our impact continues to grow as more people discover the multiple benefits of choosing handmade products made with attention to detail and respect for tradition. Many customers describe how their initial handmade purchase was the first step in forming a more intentional relationship with the material world, one based on quality, sustainability, and human connection.

The words our customers use to describe their handmade experiences – “meaningful,” “lasting,” “special” – reflect the deeper satisfaction they find in products with soul and story. Some customers collect pairs of complementary handmade pieces that work together to enhance their daily routines and living spaces. The person behind each product – the artisan whose hands and heart shaped it – remains present in the finished item, creating a human connection that mass production cannot replicate.

Our growing collection of customer testimonials demonstrates that the handmade movement is not merely a trend but a fundamental shift in how people relate to the products in their lives. Free worldwide shipping has helped us share our handmade philosophy globally, creating an international community united by appreciation for craftsmanship. Handmade products take form in our customers’ lives as both functional tools and meaningful touchstones, serving practical purposes while also carrying stories and connections.

The special ones in our product line – those signature pieces that exemplify our craftsmanship – often become the gateway through which new customers discover the world of handmade quality. The most remarkable thing about the handmade movement is its power to transform not just what we buy but how we think about our relationship with material goods and the people who make them.

For many customers, handmade is no longer a last resort but a first choice – the standard against which all other options are measured. The carefully curated nature of our product offerings reflects our belief that fewer, better things lead to more satisfaction than an abundance of mediocre ones. Some customers initially come for the product but stay for the experience, finding unexpected joy in the human-centered approach that characterizes every aspect of our brand.

The handmade movement continues to grow as more people discover that choosing quality over convenience and connection over anonymity results in a more meaningful and sustainable relationship with the material world. As we move forward, we remain committed to providing products that not only meet our customers’ needs but also contribute to a more sustainable and connected world.

Posted on

Cooking over the fire: recipes shared by the S&S family

There’s something primal and satisfying about cooking over an open fire. The S&S family has mastered this art, and we’re excited to share their expertise with you. Derek Wolf, Founder of Over the fire Cooking, has explored the depths of flavor profiles, from salty to umami, and the role of aroma, heat, and texture in creating unforgettable meals.

We’ll guide you through the essentials of fire pit cooking, including safety tips and must-have equipment. You’ll discover how the smoky flavor of fire cooking elevates simple ingredients into extraordinary dishes. From savory meals to sweet treats like gourmet s’mores, we’ll share the S&S family’s time-tested techniques to help you create lasting memories around the fire pit.

The Joy of Outdoor Cooking: A Family Tradition

The S&S family’s love affair with cooking over fire has been a defining characteristic of their family gatherings. For them, outdoor cooking is more than just a method of preparing meals; it’s a way to strengthen family bonds and create lasting memories.

The S&S Family’s Connection to Fire Cooking

The tradition of cooking over an open flame began generations ago within the S&S family. Over time, it has evolved into a cherished ritual that brings everyone together. The act of preparing meals over a fire has become an integral part of their experience, fostering a sense of unity and togetherness.

Creating Memories Around the Fire Pit

Gathering around the fire pit is a significant aspect of the S&S family’s tradition. It’s not just about cooking; it’s about gathering around and sharing stories, laughter, and love. This shared experience has become the foundation of many treasured memories for the family.

Benefits of Cooking Over an Open Fire

Open-fire cooking is more than just a method; it’s an immersive experience that combines flavor, social interaction, and a connection to nature. When we cook over an open flame, we’re not just preparing a meal; we’re engaging in a primal activity that has been a cornerstone of human culture for centuries.

Enhanced Flavor Profiles

Cooking over an open fire develops enhanced flavor profiles that cannot be replicated with conventional cooking methods. The combination of smoke, heat, and the Maillard reaction creates a complex taste experience that elevates even the simplest dishes. We explore the science behind this phenomenon, delving into the ways that open-fire cooking enhances the major tastes—salty, sour, sweet, bitter, and umami—along with other critical components like aroma, heat, and texture.

The Social Experience

The experience of cooking over an open fire is inherently social. It encourages participation, conversation, and connection among participants of all ages. As we gather around the fire pit, we share stories, laughter, and the joy of creating something together. This communal aspect of fire cooking fosters a sense of community and belonging, making it a cherished activity for families and friends.

Connecting with Nature

Cooking over an open fire also allows us to reconnect with outdoor living and nature. In an increasingly digital world, this ancient cooking technique provides a much-needed break from screens and indoor environments. By engaging with the natural elements—fire, earth, air, and water—we cultivate a deeper appreciation for the world around us and a sense of harmony with the natural world.

Essential Equipment for Fire Pit Cooking

Fire pit cooking requires more than just a pit; it demands the right equipment to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience. We understand the importance of having the proper tools and accessories to elevate your outdoor cooking.

S&S Fire Pits: The Perfect Cooking Surface

S&S fire pits are designed with cooking in mind, featuring optimal heat distribution and temperature control. Their specialized design elements make them ideal for a variety of cooking techniques.

s&s fire pits for cooking

Learn More

Must-Have Tools and Accessories

To complement your S&S fire pit, you’ll need essential tools and accessories. These include long-handled utensils, heat-resistant gloves, and cooking grills. Having the right equipment ensures that you can cook safely and efficiently.

Setting Up Your Outdoor Cooking Station

Properly setting up your outdoor cooking station is crucial for maximizing efficiency and maintaining safety. This includes selecting the right type of fire pit based on your cooking needs and space constraints, as well as organizing your tools and ingredients effectively.

Regular maintenance of your fire pit and cooking equipment is also vital to ensure longevity and consistent cooking results.

Fire Safety Tips for Outdoor Cooking

Ensuring a safe outdoor cooking experience is paramount, and we’re here to guide you through the essential fire safety tips. Cooking over an open flame can be a delightful experience, but it requires attention to safety to prevent accidents.

Preparing a Safe Cooking Environment

Before you start cooking, it’s crucial to prepare your cooking area. Ensure that your fire pit is placed on a stable, heat-resistant surface, away from flammable materials such as leaves, branches, or overhanging structures. For portable fire pits, always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for assembly and placement.

Monitoring the Fire

Constant supervision is key when cooking over an open flame. Never leave a lit fire unattended, and keep a fire extinguisher or a bucket of sand nearby. Be aware of changing wind conditions that could affect the flame.

Proper Extinguishing Techniques

When you’re finished cooking, make sure to fully extinguish the fire. Use water for wood fires, but never use water on grease or oil fires. For grease or oil fires, smother the fire by covering it or using a fire extinguisher rated for grease fires.

By following these safety guidelines, you can enjoy a secure and enjoyable outdoor cooking experience. Always prioritize safety when using your fire pit to ensure a pleasant experience for everyone involved.

Mastering Fire Management for Perfect Cooking

To elevate your outdoor cooking experience, mastering fire management is essential. Effective fire management involves understanding several key elements that work together to ensure a successful cooking experience.

Understanding Heat Zones

One crucial aspect of fire management is understanding heat zones. A fire pit typically has different heat zones, ranging from high heat directly over the flames to lower heat further away. By understanding and utilizing these zones, you can cook multiple dishes simultaneously, each at its optimal temperature. For instance, you can sear steaks over high heat while cooking vegetables in a cooler area.

Wood Selection for Optimal Flavor

The type of wood you use in your fire pit significantly impacts the flavor profile of your food. Different woods impart distinct flavors; for example, hardwoods like oak and hickory provide a strong, smoky flavor, while fruitwoods like apple and cherry offer a milder, sweeter taste. Choosing the right wood for your dish can enhance its overall flavor. We recommend exploring various wood types to find the perfect pairing for your recipes. For more information on fire pit cooking, visit our comprehensive guide at S&S Fire Pits.

Wood Type Flavor Profile Best Used For
Hickory Strong, Smoky Bacon, Sausages
Apple Mild, Sweet Poultry, Pork
Oak Robust, Earthy Red Meats, Game

Maintaining Consistent Temperature

Maintaining a consistent temperature is vital for successful fire pit cooking. This involves not only building a fire that burns steadily but also being able to adjust the heat as needed. Techniques such as adjusting airflow and rearranging coals can help maintain the desired temperature. Additionally, learning to read the fire visually—by observing flame height and color—can help you gauge the temperature without specialized equipment.

By mastering these aspects of fire management, you can significantly enhance your outdoor cooking experience, achieving more consistent and flavorful results. Whether you’re cooking for a small gathering or a large group, effective fire management is key to a successful and enjoyable experience.

Classic S’mores: The Original Fire Pit Favorite

As we gather around the fire pit, the anticipation builds for that perfect s’mores combination of toasted marshmallow, chocolate, and graham crackers. This classic treat has been a staple of American outdoor cooking for generations.

Perfecting the Marshmallow Roast

Achieving the perfect marshmallow roast is an art. To get it just right, rotate the marshmallow every 10-15 seconds over the fire pit flames until you achieve your desired level of toastiness, whether that’s golden brown or a charred exterior with a molten interior.

Assembly Techniques

Assembling the perfect s’mores requires some finesse. Here are two methods:

The Traditional Method

  • Place a graham cracker on a flat surface.
  • Add a piece of chocolate.
  • Top with a toasted marshmallow.
  • Finish with another graham cracker.

The S&S Family Secret Technique

Our family secret involves adding an extra layer of chocolate on top of the marshmallow before finishing with the second graham cracker, ensuring a gooey s’mores experience.

By following these techniques and practicing your marshmallow roasting skills, you’ll become a s’mores master around the fire pit.

Cooking over the fire: recipes shared by the S&S family

There’s something special about cooking over a fire pit, and the S&S family is here to guide you through their most beloved recipes. With years of experience in outdoor cooking, they’ve perfected techniques that bring out the best flavors in their dishes.

Savory Main Dishes

The S&S family enjoys a variety of savory main dishes when cooking over the fire. Two of their favorites include:

Fire-Roasted Chicken with Herbs

This dish is a staple, featuring a blend of fresh herbs that infuse the chicken with rich flavor. To prepare, season the chicken with salt, pepper, and your choice of herbs, then roast over the fire pit until the skin is crispy.

Flame-Kissed Vegetables

Grilling vegetables over the fire enhances their natural flavors. Simply brush your favorite vegetables with olive oil, season with salt and pepper, and grill until tender.

Delicious Side Dishes

No outdoor meal is complete without delicious side dishes. The S&S family recommends:

Foil-Wrapped Potatoes

Potatoes cooked in foil over the fire pit are a crowd-pleaser. Simply wrap diced potatoes in foil with your choice of ingredients, such as butter, cheese, or herbs, and cook until tender.

Charred Corn on the Cob

Grilling corn on the cob over the fire adds a smoky flavor. Brush with butter, season with salt and pepper, and grill until slightly charred.

By following these recipes, you’ll be able to create a memorable outdoor dining experience with the S&S family’s tried-and-true dishes.

Gourmet S’mores Variations

Elevate your campfire experience with gourmet s’mores variations that transform a classic treat into a sophisticated dessert. We explore unique flavor combinations that are sure to impress your guests and take your outdoor cooking to the next level.

Peanut Butter Cup S’mores

Indulge in the richness of peanut butter cup s’mores, where the heat of the marshmallow melts the chocolate and peanut butter, creating a delightful treat. The key is to use high-quality peanut butter cups and fresh marshmallows.

White Chocolate and Raspberry S’mores

Experience the delicate balance of white chocolate and raspberry s’mores, where the tartness of fresh raspberries cuts through the sweetness of white chocolate and marshmallow. Using fresh raspberries and high-quality white chocolate is essential.

Salted Caramel S’mores

Discover the indulgent experience of salted caramel s’mores, with the option to use either pre-made caramel products or homemade caramel sauce. The combination of salted caramel with chocolate and marshmallow is a game-changer.

Dark Chocolate with Orange Zest S’mores

Enjoy the sophisticated flavor profile of dark chocolate with orange zest s’mores, a combination that appeals to adult palates while remaining accessible to younger participants. The orange zest adds a nice citrus note to the richness of the dark chocolate.

To impress your guests, consider presentation tips such as using decorative skewers or serving on a platter. Quality ingredients significantly impact the final result, so choose the best chocolate, marshmallows, and other components for your gourmet s’mores.

Beyond S’mores: Sweet Treats for the Fire Pit

As we continue our culinary journey around the fire pit, it’s time to explore sweet treats that go beyond the classic s’mores. The versatility of cooking over an open flame allows for a wide range of desserts that can satisfy any sweet tooth. From caramelized fruits to gooey cinnamon rolls, the possibilities are endless.

Grilled Fruit Skewers

Grilled fruit skewers are a delicious and healthy dessert option that can be prepared over the fire pit. The caramelization process enhances the natural sweetness of the fruits, creating complex flavor profiles. You can use a variety of fruits such as pineapple, peaches, and bananas, and even add a drizzle of chocolate for extra indulgence.

Dutch Oven Cobbler

The S&S family’s Dutch oven cobbler recipe is a crowd-pleaser that combines the comfort of baked goods with the rustic charm of fire pit cooking. This dessert is perfect for using up fresh seasonal fruits. By incorporating marshmallow or chocolate into the cobbler, you can create a unique twist on the classic s’mores experience.

Campfire Cinnamon Rolls

Campfire cinnamon rolls are a sweet treat that can be prepared with a bit of planning. The key to achieving a perfect balance of gooey interior and crisp exterior lies in the dough preparation and cooking method. You can enhance the flavor by using chocolate or marshmallow in the filling, creating a delightful surprise.

These sweet treats not only expand your dessert repertoire but also offer opportunities to incorporate familiar ingredients like chocolate and marshmallow in new and exciting ways. By utilizing fresh ingredients and adjusting recipes according to the season, you can keep your fire pit desserts fresh and exciting all year round.

Seasonal Fire Pit Recipes

Fire pit cooking is a year-round activity that can be adapted to the fresh flavors of each season. By incorporating seasonal ingredients and adjusting cooking techniques, you can enjoy a wide variety of dishes throughout the year.

Summer Favorites

Summer is the perfect time to capitalize on peak produce availability and enjoy outdoor gatherings. Some popular summer recipes include grilled vegetables, skewers, and refreshing salads. Grilled corn on the cob is a summer staple that pairs well with a variety of seasonings.

  • Grilled vegetable skewers with herbs
  • Corn on the cob with butter and parmesan
  • Summer salads with grilled chicken

Fall Comfort Foods

As temperatures drop, fall comfort foods become a staple around the fire pit. Incorporate harvest ingredients like squash and apples into your recipes for hearty, warming meals.

  • Roasted squash with sage and brown sugar
  • Apple cider braised pork chops
  • Grilled root vegetables with herbs

Winter Warming Dishes

Winter is a great time to enjoy warming dishes that can be prepared over the fire pit. Consider recipes that incorporate rich, comforting flavors like stews and braised meats.

  • Beef stew with root vegetables
  • Braised lamb shanks with rosemary
  • Grilled panini with warm fillings

Spring Fresh Flavors

Spring brings new growth and fresh flavors to your fire pit cooking. Celebrate the season with recipes that highlight the best of spring’s produce, such as asparagus and spring peas.

  • Grilled asparagus with lemon butter
  • Spring pea risotto with parmesan
  • Grilled lamb chops with mint sauce

By adapting your fire pit cooking to the seasons, you can enjoy a diverse range of recipes and flavors throughout the year. Whether you’re cooking for a crowd or a intimate gathering, there’s a seasonal recipe to suit every taste and occasion.

Tips for Hosting a Fire Pit Cooking Gathering

As the warmth of the fire pit brings people together, a well-planned gathering can create lifelong memories. Hosting a successful fire pit cooking event requires attention to detail, from planning the menu to setting up the space and engaging your guests in the cooking process.

Planning Your Menu

A well-planned menu is crucial for a successful gathering. Consider the timing, ingredient preparation, and the balance between complexity and the enjoyment of the social experience. We recommend selecting dishes that are not only delicious but also easy to cook over a fire pit.

  • Choose recipes that can be prepared in advance to minimize cooking time.
  • Consider the dietary preferences and restrictions of your guests.
  • Keep the menu simple yet varied to cater to different tastes.

Setting Up the Space

Creating a safe and inviting atmosphere around the fire pit is essential. Ensure that the area is clear of flammable materials and that there is adequate seating for your guests.

Key Considerations:

  • Position the fire pit in a safe location, away from overhanging branches or flammable structures.
  • Provide sufficient lighting for cooking and socializing.
  • Have a fire extinguisher or a bucket of sand nearby.

Engaging Your Guests

Engaging your guests in the cooking process can enhance their experience and create a sense of community. Assign tasks according to their interests and skills, making the event a fun, communal activity.

“The best way to get people to eat together is to get them to cook together.” – Anonymous

Task Description Skill Level
Marshmallow Roasting Roast marshmallows to perfection for s’mores. Beginner
Grilled Vegetable Prep Prepare vegetables for grilling over the fire pit. Intermediate
Fire Management Monitor and adjust the fire for optimal cooking. Advanced

By following these tips, you can host a memorable fire pit cooking gathering that your friends and family will cherish. The key is to be prepared, flexible, and attentive to the needs of your guests, ensuring a enjoyable experience for everyone involved.

Conclusion: Embracing the Tradition of Cooking Over Fire

As we conclude our exploration of fire cooking, it’s clear that the true essence lies not just in the food, but in the moments we share around the fire pit. The S&S family’s recipes and techniques have given us a foundation to create our own traditions and memories.

Cooking over fire connects us to our ancestors and to each other, fostering social bonds over classic s’mores and other fire-cooked foods. We embrace joy in the process, focusing on the journey rather than perfection. As we continue to explore and personalize fire cooking techniques, we invite you to share your experiences and adaptations of the S&S family recipes, creating a community around the fire pit and the timeless tradition of gathering to prepare and share meals over fire, enjoying s’mores and other delights.

Posted on

Fire pit add-ons that make a big impact: grates, screens, and more

Outdoor living spaces have become an extension of our homes, and fire pits are at the heart of many of these areas, providing warmth, ambiance, and a gathering point for friends and family.

To enhance outdoor experiences, the right fire pit accessories can transform a basic fire setup into a versatile and functional centerpiece. These accessories not only improve the functionality of your pit but also extend its lifespan and make maintenance easier.

Whether you have a wood-burning or gas fire pit, or a portable or permanent installation, selecting the right add-ons is crucial. We will explore how various accessories can significantly enhance your outdoor fire experience, making it safer, more enjoyable, and aesthetically pleasing.

Enhancing Your Outdoor Fire Experience

As we explore the world of outdoor fire pits, it’s clear that the right accessories can elevate the entire experience. A fire pit is more than just a source of warmth; it’s a gathering spot that can be enjoyed throughout the year.

To truly enhance your outdoor fire experience, it’s essential to consider the various accessories available. These can significantly improve the performance, safety, and aesthetic appeal of your pit.

Why Fire Pit Accessories Matter

Fire pit accessories play a crucial role in ensuring that your outdoor fire is not only enjoyable but also safe. The right accessories can reduce risks associated with open flames, making your pit a safer gathering spot.

By choosing the right accessories, you can enhance the overall experience, ensuring that your outdoor fire is both enjoyable and safe.

Safety, Functionality, and Aesthetics

When it comes to fire pit accessories, there are three key aspects to consider: safety, functionality, and design or style. The best accessories strike a balance between these elements, providing safety features that don’t compromise on functionality or visual appeal.

  • Functional accessories enhance the usability of your fire pit, making it easier to start and maintain fires, cook food, or create the perfect ambiance.
  • Aesthetic add-ons transform the appearance of your pit, allowing it to complement your outdoor décor and become a style statement even when not in use.
  • When selecting accessories, consider how they’ll perform in various weather conditions and how they align with your primary use cases for the fire pit.

Essential Fire Pit Tools for Safety and Convenience

fire pit tool set

Learn More

Ensuring a safe and enjoyable fire pit experience requires the right set of tools. A well-equipped fire pit not only enhances your outdoor experience but also ensures that you can manage the fire safely and efficiently.

Pokers and Tongs

Pokers and tongs are essential components of any fire pit tool set. These long metal rods, also known as fire irons, are used to stoke the fire by moving wood and coals around. They often have a barbed side for hooking logs and rolling them over. A typical fire pit tool set includes a poker and scissored tongs for grasping logs.

Shovels and Brushes

Shovels are crucial for safely removing ash and debris from your pit, maintaining cleanliness and optimal performance. A dedicated fire pit shovel features a compact design with a deep scoop that makes ash removal efficient. Brushes help sweep away fine ash and debris, ensuring your fire pit remains clean. Look for stainless steel shovels and brushes for durability and resistance to corrosion.

Fire Pit Grates: Improving Airflow and Performance

fire pit grates

Learn More

A crucial element in optimizing your fire pit experience is the grate, which plays a significant role in airflow and performance. We recognize the importance of a well-designed grate in enhancing the overall efficiency and safety of your fire pit.

Types of Fire Pit Grates

Fire pit grates come in various designs to suit different types of fire pits and chimineas. Some are substantial and legged, designed for built-in fireplaces, while others are thin, slatted trays that sit on a ledge in fire pits or chimineas. An andiron, often used in pairs, is another form of grate that helps hold logs in place above the floor, improving airflow.

Benefits of Using a Grate

Using a grate in your fire pit offers several benefits:

  • Improved Airflow: A properly designed grate significantly improves airflow beneath and around burning logs, resulting in more complete combustion and higher heat output.
  • Efficient Wood Burning: Elevated wood burns more efficiently, producing less smoke and reducing the amount of partially burned material left after your fire.
  • Extended Fire Pit Lifespan: Grates protect the bottom of your fire pit from extreme heat, extending its lifespan by preventing direct contact between burning logs and the pit surface.
  • Easier Fire Management: With improved airflow, fires start more quickly and require less tending, allowing you to enjoy the experience rather than constantly adjusting the fire.
  • Enhanced Visual Appeal: The organized arrangement of logs on a grate creates a more visually appealing fire with better flame patterns and more consistent heat distribution.

By incorporating a grate into your fire pit setup, you can significantly enhance your outdoor fire experience, making it more enjoyable, efficient, and safe.

Protective Screens: Containing Sparks and Embers

fire pit screens

Learn More

A crucial aspect of maintaining a safe and enjoyable fire pit experience is using the right protective screens. These screens not only enhance safety but also contribute to the overall ambiance of your outdoor space.

Mesh Spark Screens

Mesh spark screens are an effective way to contain sparks and embers within your fire pit. They are available in various sizes and can be easily installed around your fire pit. By using a mesh spark screen, you can significantly reduce the risk of accidental fires and ensure a safer experience for everyone around.

Glass Wind Guards

Transparent tempered glass windscreens are ideal for fire pit tables where the ambiance of the flame is as important as the warmth it gives off. Glass wind guards serve dual purposes of safety and performance enhancement by protecting flames from wind while containing any unexpected flare-ups. Unlike mesh screens, tempered glass guards provide unobstructed views of the fire, making them ideal for decorative fire features where visual appeal is paramount.

Some key benefits of glass wind guards include:

  • Improving flame stability in windy conditions, ensuring consistent heat output and preventing wasteful fuel consumption in gas fire pits.
  • Adding a sophisticated design element to your outdoor space, elevating the overall aesthetic even when the fire isn’t lit.
  • Available in various heights and configurations, including rectangular, square, and round shapes to match different pit designs.

For more information on enhancing your outdoor space with fire pit accessories, visit our website.

Decorative Media for Gas Fire Pits

fire pit decorative glass

Learn More

The right decorative media can transform your gas fire pit into a stunning focal point. Decorative media not only enhance the visual appeal of your fire pit but also play a crucial role in its overall ambiance and functionality.

Fire Glass: Colors and Styles

Fire glass is a popular choice for gas fire pits due to its vibrant colors and ability to reflect light. Available in various styles, fire glass can be used to create a unique and personalized look for your outdoor space. We recommend exploring different colors and styles to find the perfect match for your decor.

Lava Rocks: Natural Appeal

Lava rocks offer a natural and earthy appeal that complements many outdoor settings. These rocks are designed to withstand high temperatures, making them a safe and durable choice for gas fire pits. Lava rocks can add a rustic touch to your fire pit, creating a cozy ambiance.

Ceramic River Rocks and Stones

Ceramic river rocks and stones are another decorative option, offering a sophisticated and natural look. Unlike natural river rocks, ceramic versions are specially manufactured to be non-porous and safe for use in fire pits. They retain heat effectively, continuing to radiate warmth even after the flames are turned off.

Faux Wood Logs and Decorative Elements

Elevate your fire pit experience with faux wood logs and decorative elements that combine style and functionality. We recommend exploring these options to enhance your outdoor gathering spaces.

fire pit faux logs

Learn More

Ceramic Logs for Gas Fire Pits

Ceramic logs for gas fire pits offer a realistic and mess-free alternative to traditional wood logs. They are designed to withstand high temperatures and provide a visually appealing flame pattern. We find that these logs are particularly effective in creating a cozy ambiance.

Metal Decorative Elements

Metal decorative elements can add a unique touch to your fire pit, ranging from artistic flame guards to sculptural pieces. These elements are not only aesthetically pleasing but also durable, withstanding high temperatures and outdoor conditions. We appreciate how they can transform a standard fire pit into a distinctive art piece.

  • Metal decorative elements add unique character and visual interest to fire pits.
  • They can transform a standard fire pit into a distinctive art piece.
  • Copper, bronze, and stainless steel elements develop beautiful patinas over time.
  • These decorative additions can be changed seasonally or for special occasions.
  • When selecting metal decorative elements, consider how they’ll interact with flames and heat.

Fire Pit Add-ons That Make a Big Impact: Cooking Accessories

fire pit cooking accessories

Learn More

Transform your fire pit into a culinary hub with the right cooking add-ons. We offer a range of fire pit cooking accessories that make outdoor meal preparation safer, more convenient, and more versatile.

Grills and Cooking Grates

Grills and cooking grates are essential for any fire pit cooking setup. They allow for even heat distribution and can be used to cook a variety of dishes, from steaks to vegetables. Our grills and cooking grates are made from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring durability and resistance to corrosion.

Rotisserie Attachments

Rotisserie attachments are a great way to add some excitement to your outdoor cooking. They allow you to cook meat evenly on all sides, resulting in a deliciously flavored and tender final product. Our rotisserie attachments are designed to work seamlessly with your fire pit, providing a safe and enjoyable cooking experience.

Specialized Cooking Tools

Investing in cooking tools designed specifically for fire pit cooking is crucial for safety and convenience. Long-handled utensils, cast iron cookware, and pizza stones are just a few examples of the many tools available. Our selection of stainless steel cooking tools ensures longevity and resistance to the harsh conditions of open-flame cooking.

Fire Pit Covers and Protective Accessories

Fire pit owners know that protection from weather conditions is vital. We understand that a fire pit is a significant investment for your outdoor space, and protecting it is crucial for its longevity and performance.

Weather-Resistant Covers

A weather-resistant cover is a must-have accessory for any fire pit. It shields the fire pit surface from rain, snow, and debris, ensuring it remains in good condition when not in use. We recommend selecting a cover that is specifically designed for your pit type, whether it’s a gas or wood-burning model.

Burner Covers and Caps

For propane fire pits, burner covers and caps provide targeted protection for the burner assembly, a critical and expensive component. These accessories not only protect but also transform your fire pit into a functional table when not in use, maximizing your outdoor space’s utility. Key benefits include:

  • Burner covers and caps provide protection against moisture intrusion into gas lines and ignition systems.
  • Quality burner covers are designed to be weather-resistant and complement the aesthetic of your fire pit.
  • Specialized covers for propane models include access points for tank changes without removing the entire cover.

Fire Pit Tables and Surrounds

fire pit tables

Learn More

A fire pit table is more than just a gathering point; it’s the heart of your outdoor entertainment area. We offer a variety of fire pit tables and surrounds that not only provide warmth but also enhance the aesthetic and functionality of your outdoor space.

Built-in Storage Options

Many fire pit tables come with built-in storage options, allowing you to keep essential items like fuel, cooking utensils, and outdoor dining accessories within easy reach. This feature is particularly useful for maintaining a clutter-free outdoor living area while ensuring that everything you need is readily available.

Some models feature storage compartments under the tabletop or within the surround itself, providing a convenient place to stash items when not in use. This can be especially handy for storing firewood, kindling, or cooking supplies, keeping them dry and protected from the elements.

Materials and Designs

Fire pit tables and surrounds are available in a wide range of materials, from natural stone and concrete to metals and composite materials. Each material offers different aesthetic and practical benefits. For instance, cast aluminum surrounds provide excellent durability and weather resistance while remaining lightweight enough to reposition as needed.

Natural stone and concrete options offer unmatched durability and heat resistance, with the ability to withstand extreme temperature fluctuations without damage. On the other hand, wood surrounds, typically made from cedar, redwood, or teak, provide a warm, natural aesthetic but require more maintenance and appropriate heat shielding to prevent damage.

The design of your fire pit surround should complement your overall outdoor décor while providing adequate space for seating, serving, and safely placing drinks and plates when entertaining. Whether you prefer a modern, sleek look or a more traditional, rustic appearance, there’s a fire pit table and surround to suit your style.

Seating and Comfort Accessories

A fire pit is more than just a source of warmth; it’s a gathering place that benefits from comfortable seating and thoughtful accessories. To create an inviting atmosphere around your fire pit, consider the seating and comfort elements that will make it a cozy spot for relaxation and socializing.

fire pit seating

Learn More

Benches and Chairs

When it comes to seating around a fire pit, durability and comfort are key. Benches and chairs made from weather-resistant materials such as recycled plastic, metal, or sustainably sourced wood are ideal. They can withstand the elements and the occasional exposure to smoke and sparks from the fire pit.

Consider benches with storage compartments for storing fire pit accessories, cushions, or other outdoor items, enhancing the functionality of your outdoor space.

Cushions and Weather-Resistant Fabrics

Weather-resistant cushions and fabrics are designed to provide comfort without compromising on durability. Look for fabrics treated with fire-retardant finishes that resist ignition from stray sparks and embers, adding an extra layer of safety around your fire pit.

  • Quick-drying materials with UV protection prevent fading and deterioration from sun exposure.
  • Removable, washable covers make maintenance simple, allowing you to clean smoke residue and ash easily.
  • Storage solutions for cushions when not in use extend their lifespan and maintain their appearance.

By choosing the right seating and comfort accessories, you can enhance the overall experience of gathering around your fire pit, making it a warm and welcoming space for everyone.

Lighting and Ambiance Enhancers

fire pit lighting accessories

Learn More

We believe that lighting plays a crucial role in creating a memorable fire pit experience. The right lighting can elevate the entire outdoor space, making it more inviting and cozy.

LED Lighting Options

LED lights are a fantastic choice for enhancing your fire pit area. They are energy-efficient and come in a variety of styles, from subtle to dramatic. Pathway lights leading to your fire pit not only improve safety but also build anticipation as guests approach the warm, inviting space.

Lanterns and Decorative Lights

Lanterns placed around fire pits create layers of light that add depth and character to your outdoor space. Hurricane lanterns with real candles provide traditional, flickering illumination that complements the natural movement of fire pit flames. Hanging string lights or festival lighting above seating areas creates a magical canopy effect that enhances the intimate atmosphere of pit gatherings.

Combining different lighting elements—from practical task lighting to decorative accent lights—creates a well-balanced outdoor environment that transitions seamlessly from day to evening use, enhancing the overall experience around your pit.

Choosing the Right Add-ons for Your Fire Pit Type

To maximize the enjoyment and functionality of your fire pit, choosing the appropriate accessories is crucial. Different types of fire pits require specific add-ons to enhance their performance, safety, and overall user experience.

Wood-Burning Fire Pit Accessories

For wood-burning fire pits, accessories that improve airflow and contain sparks are essential. Grates can enhance airflow, improving the efficiency of the burn, while spark guards help in containing sparks and embers within the pit. We recommend durable materials like stainless steel for longevity.

Gas Fire Pit Accessories

Gas fire pits benefit from decorative media such as fire glass, lava rocks, and ceramic river rocks, which not only enhance the aesthetic appeal but also help in distributing heat. Additionally, burner covers and caps can protect the burner from debris, ensuring a clean and safe operation. Look for accessories made from steel or stainless steel for durability.

Portable Fire Pit Add-ons

For portable fire pits, lightweight yet durable accessories are ideal. Carrying cases and protective covers make transportation and storage simple. Collapsible cooking grates allow for versatile outdoor cooking, and spark shields with compact folding designs provide essential safety without compromising mobility. We suggest accessories made from materials like aircraft-grade aluminum or stainless steel for their strength-to-weight ratio.

Conclusion

As we finalize our guide to fire pit add-ons, it’s evident that a well-equipped fire pit is the heart of any outdoor living space. The right fire pit accessories can transform a basic fire feature into a versatile, safe, and enjoyable outdoor centerpiece that can be enjoyed for years to come.

Investing in quality accessories made from durable materials like stainless steel ensures longevity and performance. Safety accessories, such as spark screens and wind guards, should be your first priority, forming the foundation of a well-equipped fire pit. Functional add-ons like grates improve airflow, producing less smoke and enhancing the overall experience.

Decorative elements may be used to personalize your fire pit, creating a cohesive design that reflects your personal style. With the right accessories, your fire pit becomes more than just a source of warmth; it becomes a multi-functional outdoor appliance, creating memorable experiences for family and friends.

By choosing the right fire pit accessory, you can ensure a safe, enjoyable, and long-lasting outdoor fire experience. Whether you’re looking to enhance safety, functionality, or aesthetics, there’s a perfect combination of accessories for your specific pit type and needs.

Posted on

Create a Cozy Gathering Spot with a Steel Fire Pit

As we explore the world of outdoor living, it’s clear that a steel fire pit can be the centerpiece of a warm and inviting gathering spot. We will guide you through the process of selecting the perfect fire pit design and creating an ideal outdoor space around it.

Steel fire pits have become increasingly popular among homeowners looking to enhance their backyard and create a cozy atmosphere. By the end of this comprehensive guide, you’ll have the knowledge needed to create your own cozy outdoor fire pit gathering spot.

We’ll discuss the practical benefits of fire pit installations, including durability and aesthetic appeal, to help you make an informed decision.

The Magic of Outdoor Fire Pits

We understand that the magic of outdoor fire pits is not just about warmth, but about creating a sense of community. Between barbecues, bonfires, and outdoor movie nights, your backyard will undoubtedly host many special moments.

Creating an outdoor space that’s conducive to relaxation and social gatherings alike can be achieved by adding a built-in fire pit to your yard. The dancing flames of a fire pit provide not just warmth but also create a natural gathering point that encourages conversation and connection.

Outdoor fire pits extend the usability of your outdoor space beyond summer, allowing you to enjoy your backyard during cooler spring and fall evenings. The ambiance created by a fire pit cannot be replicated by any other outdoor feature – the crackling sounds, gentle warmth, and mesmerizing flames engage multiple senses.

By incorporating a fire pit into your outdoor decor, you’ll tap into our primal connection with fire, creating an instinctive draw that brings people together. Whether you’re hosting a large gathering or enjoying a quiet evening alone, a pit adds a touch of magic to any outdoor experience.

Why Steel Fire Pits Are an Excellent Choice

best steel fire pits for backyard

Learn More

The durability and aesthetic appeal of steel fire pits make them a superior choice for backyard gatherings. We believe that choosing the right material for your outdoor fire pit is essential for its strength, look, and safety.

Steel fire pits offer several advantages, including:

  • Superior durability compared to other materials, withstanding high temperatures without warping or deteriorating over time.
  • Excellent heat radiation, ensuring everyone sitting around can feel the warmth.
  • A sleek, modern aesthetic that complements virtually any outdoor design style.
  • Versatility in metal design possibilities, from minimalist bowl shapes to custom creations.
  • Relatively lightweight yet sturdy, making them easier to position.
  • Low-maintenance, particularly for stainless or powder-coated varieties.
  • Excellent value, balancing initial cost with long-term performance.

By choosing a steel fire pit, you’re investing in a durable and stylish addition to your outdoor space that will provide warmth and ambiance for years to come.

Turn Your Backyard into a Gathering Place with a Steel Fire Pit

Transforming your outdoor space into a warm and inviting gathering spot is easier than you think with a steel fire pit. We have seen how a well-designed steel fire pit can completely transform an underutilized backyard into the most popular gathering place in your home.

A steel fire pit creates a natural focal point that draws people together, encouraging face-to-face interaction in our increasingly digital world. Your backyard fire pit area can become the setting for meaningful conversations, storytelling, and memory-making with family and friends.

  • Establishes a dedicated space for relaxation and connection
  • Adds functionality to your backyard, extending its usability into the evening
  • Allows for versatility, from casual family gatherings to sophisticated evening events

By installing a steel fire pit, homeowners can significantly enhance their outdoor living experience. The benefits are numerous, as highlighted in the following table:

Benefits Description
Increased Social Interaction Encourages face-to-face interaction among family and friends
Extended Usability Extends the usability of your backyard into the evening hours
Versatility Suits both casual and formal outdoor gatherings

We recommend considering the placement of your steel fire pit to create different zones in your backyard, enhancing its functionality and appeal.

Choosing the Right Size for Your Space

A well-sized fire pit can elevate your outdoor living experience, making it essential to choose wisely. We understand that the size of your fire pit significantly impacts the overall ambiance and functionality of your outdoor area.

For smaller backyards or intimate gatherings, a fire pit that is 24 to 30 inches wide is often ideal. These smaller pits provide warmth and charm without overwhelming the space. On the other hand, if you have a larger yard and plan to entertain bigger groups, a medium to large fire pit measuring 36 to 48 inches across would be more suitable.

When selecting a fire pit, consider not just its size but also its placement within your yard. We advise allowing for adequate clearance around the fire pit—typically 5-7 feet—for comfortable seating and safe movement. The height of your fire pit is also a crucial factor; lower designs (16-20 inches) create a more casual atmosphere, while taller models (24-30 inches) can double as tables when not in use.

  • For smaller patios, fire pits between 24-30 inches in diameter are recommended.
  • Larger backyards benefit from fire pits measuring 36-48 inches across.
  • Consider the number of people you typically entertain to ensure everyone can gather around the fire comfortably.
Fire Pit Size Ideal For Clearance Needed
24-30 inches Small backyards, intimate gatherings 5 feet
36-48 inches Large backyards, bigger groups 7 feet

Ultimately, the right fire pit size will depend on your specific needs and the layout of your outdoor space. By considering these factors, you can create a welcoming and functional area that enhances your outdoor living experience.

5 Popular Steel Fire Pit Designs

The right steel fire pit design can transform your backyard into a warm and inviting gathering spot. With various styles to choose from, you can select the perfect fire pit that complements your outdoor decor and meets your entertaining needs.

Let’s explore some of the most popular steel fire pit designs that can elevate your outdoor living experience:

Classic Bowl Fire Pits

Classic bowl fire pits are a timeless choice, offering a simple yet elegant design that fits well with various outdoor settings. Their versatility makes them a popular option for many homeowners.

Rectangular Fire Tables

Rectangular fire tables combine the warmth of a fire pit with the functionality of a dining table, making them perfect for social gatherings and outdoor entertaining.

Portable Steel Fire Pits

Portable steel fire pits offer flexibility, allowing you to move the fire pit to different areas of your yard or take it with you on camping trips.

Smokeless Fire Pit Designs

Smokeless fire pit designs utilize advanced technology to minimize smoke production, creating a more enjoyable experience for you and your guests.

Custom Built-In Options

Custom built-in steel fire pits offer the ultimate opportunity to create a truly unique outdoor feature. We believe that these permanent installations can be designed to incorporate surrounding elements like built-in seating, storage areas, or decorative walls. Some benefits of custom built-in fire pits include:

  • Precise sizing and positioning to maximize your specific space and accommodate your exact entertaining needs.
  • Seamless integration with existing hardscaping elements like patios, retaining walls, or outdoor kitchens.
  • The potential to add significant value to your property with a well-designed installation.
  • The ability to incorporate sophisticated gas line installations, lighting integration, and weather-resistant features.

A custom fire pit allows for a pretty basin and your choice of surrounding groundcover, and can extend to create a personalized seating area. As we design your outdoor space, we consider how a custom fire pit can become a central element that ties together your outdoor decor and enhances your overall outdoor living experience.

Creating the Perfect Location for Your Fire Pit

We believe that the perfect fire pit location strikes a balance between safety, functionality, and visual appeal. To achieve this, consider designing a pathway to make your fire pit feel like a destination. A simple stepping stone path or landscape lights can enhance the ambiance.

When choosing a location, maintain a minimum clearance of 10-15 feet from structures and combustible materials. Prevailing wind patterns should also be considered to avoid smoke blowing towards your home or seating areas. The ideal location creates a sense of destination within your backyard, slightly separated from other activity zones.

Additionally, ensure the ground is level for safety and proper functioning. Consider proximity to utilities for gas fire pits and access to water for safety. The location should also facilitate easy traffic flow throughout your outdoor space.

Seating Ideas to Maximize Comfort and Conversation

Creating a cozy gathering spot requires more than just a steel fire pit; it demands thoughtful seating arrangements. We need to consider the comfort and conversation flow around the fire pit.

There are several seating options to enhance your outdoor space. Let’s explore a few.

Built-In Seating Options

Built-in seating can be a great way to create a defined seating area. It can be customized to fit your space and style.

Movable Furniture Arrangements

Movable furniture offers flexibility, allowing you to rearrange the seating as needed. This can be particularly useful for different types of gatherings.

Adirondack Chairs for a Classic Look

Adirondack chairs create an instantly recognizable, classic look around fire pits that evokes a nostalgic camp atmosphere. Their wide armrests provide convenient surfaces for drinks and small plates. We recommend arranging Adirondack chairs in a semicircle around your pit, allowing approximately 3-4 feet between the chair front and the fire edge.

Seating Option Benefits Considerations
Built-In Seating Customizable, defined seating area Less flexible, requires planning
Movable Furniture Flexible, adaptable to different gatherings May require more effort to arrange
Adirondack Chairs Classic look, comfortable, convenient armrests Space requirements, arrangement around the fire pit

Enhancing Your Fire Pit Area with Proper Lighting

outdoor lighting for fire pit area

Learn More

The right lighting can transform your fire pit area into a magical space for relaxation and entertainment. While the fire itself provides beautiful illumination, thoughtfully designed supplemental lighting enhances safety and extends the usability of your outdoor area.

We understand that while your fire pit provides ample light, strategically placed lighting can add to the ambiance. For instance, pathway lighting leading to your fire pit area not only prevents trips and falls but also builds anticipation as guests approach the gathering space.

Soft, ambient lighting around the perimeter of your pit area creates depth and dimension without competing with the fire’s natural glow. We recommend using lighting with warm color temperatures (2700-3000K) that complement rather than contrast with the fire’s warm tones.

Consider how lighting can highlight architectural features, plantings, or other design elements that might otherwise disappear into darkness beyond the fire’s reach. For more ideas on transforming your outdoor space, visit Transform Your Backyard into a Social.

Adding Ambiance with Complementary Elements

To create a truly immersive outdoor experience, we recommend complementing your steel fire pit with elements that enhance ambiance. Surrounding your fire pit with lush foliage, interesting textures, and colorful flowers can create a verdant and peaceful spot for taking in the great outdoors. Garden stools, container gardens, and Adirondack chairs can complete the look of your outdoor area.

We believe that thoughtfully selected complementary elements can transform your fire pit from a simple feature into an immersive outdoor experience. To achieve this, consider incorporating a variety of elements that engage multiple senses.

  • Incorporating water features near your fire pit can create a captivating contrast of elements.
  • Strategic landscaping with ornamental grasses, low shrubs, or container gardens can soften hardscape elements while adding visual interest and texture.
  • Weather-resistant throw pillows, outdoor rugs, and blankets can add color, comfort, and a touch of indoor luxury to your outdoor area.
  • Decorative elements like lanterns, outdoor artwork, or sculptural pieces can express your personal style and create visual interest.
  • Sound elements, such as wind chimes or an outdoor speaker system, can enhance the ambiance without overwhelming conversation.
  • Fragrant plants placed at the perimeter can add another sensory dimension to the experience.

When selecting complementary elements, it’s essential to strike a balance between aesthetics and safety. For instance, be sure to keep any trailing blooms and vines away from the flames to ensure a safe and enjoyable experience.

Element Purpose Example
Lush Foliage Creates a peaceful atmosphere Container gardens with greenery
Water Features Provides a captivating contrast Small ponds or fountains
Decorative Elements Expresses personal style Lanterns, outdoor artwork

By incorporating these complementary elements, you can create an inviting outdoor space that not only enhances the ambiance but also reflects your personal style. Whether you’re looking to relax or entertain, a well-designed outdoor area can significantly improve your overall outdoor experience.

Safety Considerations for Steel Fire Pits

Ensuring safety around your steel fire pit is paramount for an enjoyable outdoor experience. When designing a fire pit area, consider who will be using it the most and prioritize their needs.

For families with children, a fire pit with a wide ledge can serve as a natural barrier, preventing accidents and providing a convenient spot for roasting marshmallows.

To enjoy your steel fire pit safely, several key considerations must be taken into account:

  • Place your fire pit on a non-combustible surface like concrete or stone to prevent heat damage.
  • Keep a fire extinguisher or garden hose nearby in case of emergencies.
  • Establish a “no running” zone around the fire pit, especially when children are present.
  • Consider installing a spark screen to contain embers, particularly in dry or windy conditions.

By following these safety guidelines, you can create a safe and enjoyable outdoor space for everyone.

Maintenance Tips to Keep Your Steel Fire Pit Looking Great

We recommend a regular maintenance routine to ensure your steel fire pit remains functional and visually appealing. To achieve this, follow these essential steps.

  • Allow your fire pit to cool completely before cleaning, then remove ashes and debris after each use.
  • Wipe surfaces with a mild soap solution and soft cloth, avoiding abrasive cleaners.
  • Apply a high-temperature protective coating annually to exposed steel surfaces.
  • Inspect your fire pit regularly for signs of wear, including rust spots or damaged components.

Proper maintenance not only ensures safety but also helps your fire pit look great for years to come.

Maintenance Task Frequency Benefit
Clean ashes and debris After each use Prevents buildup and corrosion
Apply protective coating Annually Prevents rust and extends lifespan
Inspect for wear and damage Regularly Ensures safety and longevity

Extending the Usability of Your Fire Pit Area Year-Round

Maximizing your fire pit’s usability across different seasons can significantly enhance your outdoor living experience. We understand that to get the most out of your investment, you need to be able to enjoy your fire pit area throughout the year, not just on perfect weather days.

To achieve this, consider installing a pergola or partial roof structure over your fire pit area. This provides protection from light rain or excessive sun, making the space more versatile. Additionally, outdoor heaters placed around the perimeter can supplement the fire pit’s warmth during colder months.

Other elements can further enhance the year-round usability of your fire pit area. For instance, retractable wind screens or glass barriers can be deployed during breezy conditions to maintain comfort without permanently enclosing the space. Moreover, ceiling fans mounted to overhead structures help circulate air during hot summer months, making the area pleasant even when the fire pit is not in use for heat.

Seasonal accessories, such as lightweight throws for spring and fall or outdoor-rated cushions in weather-appropriate fabrics, can extend comfort year-round. Thoughtful plantings, like evergreens for winter structure or flowering plants for spring and summer color, also enhance seasonal enjoyment. Finally, adjustable lighting systems allow you to compensate for seasonal variations in daylight hours, ensuring your fire pit area remains inviting.

Budget-Friendly Ideas for Creating Your Fire Pit Space

With a few budget-friendly ideas, you can create a stunning fire pit space that becomes the heart of your backyard. We believe that creating a welcoming fire pit area doesn’t have to break the bank, with many affordable options that don’t sacrifice style or functionality.

Consider starting with a quality portable steel fire pit, which can be upgraded to a more permanent installation as your budget allows. Pair it with a gravel patio for a rustic and protective base. Overhead string Edison bulbs can add just enough light for cozy nights by the fire, creating a warm and welcoming environment for your guests.

Budget-Friendly Element Description Cost-Effective Benefit
Portable Steel Fire Pit Initial investment with upgrade options Flexibility and affordability
Gravel Patio Rustic and protective base Less expensive than stone or concrete pavers
Solar-Powered String Lights Ambient lighting without hardwired installations Energy-efficient and cost-effective

To further enhance your fire pit ideas, consider repurposing existing outdoor furniture or looking for end-of-season sales. DIY projects like simple wooden benches or concrete block seating with cushions can also create stylish seating at a fraction of retail costs. By phasing your project and looking for multi-functional pieces, you can create a beautiful fire pit space that is both functional and inviting, making it a wonderful addition to your home.

How to Style Your Fire Pit Area for Different Occasions

With a steel fire pit, you can create a cozy ambiance that adapts to different events and moods. Whether you’re hosting a casual family gathering, entertaining friends, or enjoying a romantic evening, the right styling can elevate the experience.

To achieve the desired atmosphere, consider the occasion and the elements that will enhance it. For a casual family gathering, comfort and practicality are key. For a romantic evening, more intimate and subtle touches are needed.

Casual Family Gatherings

For a family gathering, prioritize comfort and convenience. Ensure there’s ample seating arranged to encourage conversation. A tray with snacks and drinks nearby keeps the gathering flowing.

Entertaining Friends

When entertaining friends, create a more vibrant atmosphere. Check out our guide on fire pit party themes for inspiration. Adding outdoor games or a playlist enhances the experience.

Romantic Evenings

For a romantic evening, focus on an intimate setting. Soft, warm lighting that complements the flames creates a flattering glow. Arrange seating for closeness and have plush throws or blankets available for comfort as the evening progresses.

To further enhance the warmth, add subtle details like scented candles (safely placed), a curated playlist, or a special bottle of wine.

Real-Life Inspiration: Stunning Steel Fire Pit Setups

Discover how steel fire pits can transform outdoor areas into cozy gathering spots with our curated examples. We’ve gathered inspiring outdoor fire pit installations that demonstrate their versatility and impact.

From minimalist urban rooftops to expansive suburban backyards, these real-life examples show how steel fire pits can adapt to various settings and styles, sparking new ideas for your outdoor space.

Setting Fire Pit Style Key Features
Urban Rooftop Portable Steel Fire Pit Compact, Smokeless Design
Suburban Backyard Custom Built-In Fire Pit Seating Area, Ambient Lighting
Small Patio Classic Bowl Fire Pit Simple, Elegant Design

These examples provide ideas for creating a captivating outdoor fire pit area, enhancing your outdoor living experience.

Conclusion

As we conclude our exploration of steel fire pits, it’s clear that they offer a unique opportunity to transform your outdoor space. We’ve seen how these fire pits can become the heart of your backyard gatherings, creating lasting memories.

The durability, versatility, and aesthetic appeal of steel outdoor fire pits make them an excellent addition to any outdoor living area. By thoughtfully considering design, placement, and seating, you can create a gathering spot that suits your lifestyle.

We encourage you to take the inspiration and practical advice from this guide to create your own cozy gathering spot with a steel fire pit, drawing family and friends together season after season.

Posted on

Unlock Thick-gauge steel: the hidden advantage you can feel Today

At first glance, the difference between 24-gauge and 26-gauge steel may seem negligible, especially when it comes to metal sheet and coil products. However, a deeper dive reveals significant variations in performance, engineering, and overall value.

We explore how thick-gauge material can provide tangible benefits in your construction projects, from enhanced durability to improved structural integrity. Understanding the nuances of steel gauge measurements is crucial for making informed decisions about the right material for your specific needs.

By examining the differences between various gauge options, including 24, 26, and 29 gauges, we can highlight their unique properties and best applications, particularly in roofing and metal roofing projects.

Understanding Steel Gauge Measurements and Thickness

Steel gauge measurements play a significant role in determining the durability and performance of metal roofing. The gauge of a metal panel refers to its thickness, with higher gauge numbers indicating thinner materials.

What Steel Gauge Numbers Mean

The steel gauge system operates on an inverse scale, meaning that as the gauge number increases, the thickness of the steel decreases. For instance, 24-gauge steel is thicker than 26-gauge steel. Specifically, 24-gauge steel has a minimum thickness of approximately 0.023 inches, while 26-gauge steel has a minimum thickness of about 0.018 inches.

Understanding these measurements is crucial for selecting the appropriate material for your roofing needs. Thicker steel gauges, like 24-gauge, offer greater durability and resistance to environmental stressors compared to thinner gauges.

How Thickness Affects Performance and Durability

The thickness of the steel directly impacts its performance and durability. Thicker steel gauges provide enhanced resistance to denting, puncturing, and warping, which can compromise the integrity of the roof over time.

For example, thicker gauges require more robust supporting systems due to their weight. Moreover, the dimensional stability of the steel during manufacturing, installation, and throughout its service life is better maintained with thicker gauges, resulting in a more durable and long-lasting roofing system.

Thick-gauge steel: the hidden advantage you can feel

The superiority of thick-gauge steel is evident in its enhanced durability and performance. When handling thick-gauge steel, the tangible difference is immediately apparent – it feels more substantial, rigid, and resistant to flexing compared to thinner alternatives.

This increased rigidity translates directly to structural benefits, as thicker steel maintains its shape under stress and provides superior load-bearing capacity for your roofing system. The enhanced structural strength of thick-gauge steel creates a more stable platform that resists deformation during extreme weather events, including high winds and heavy snow loads.

Structural Strength and Rigidity Benefits

The thicker material means that 24-gauge steel is stronger and better equipped to withstand roll-forming stresses, oil canning, denting, and other impacts that can structurally or aesthetically damage a metal roof or wall system. You can physically feel the difference in quality when walking on a thick-gauge steel roof – it feels more solid underfoot with less deflection, creating confidence in the system’s integrity.

  • The hidden advantage of thicker steel extends to its ability to maintain dimensional stability during temperature fluctuations, reducing the risk of oil canning and waviness that can affect thinner materials.
  • This stability is crucial for maintaining the aesthetic and structural integrity of the roofing system over time.

Long-term Value Proposition of Thicker Steel

From a long-term value perspective, thick-gauge steel offers superior resistance to physical damage, which translates to fewer repairs and maintenance issues throughout the roof’s lifespan. The initial investment in thicker steel pays dividends through extended service life, with many 24-gauge systems lasting 50+ years when properly installed and maintained.

Thick-gauge steel provides peace of mind through its ability to withstand accidental impacts during installation and maintenance, reducing the risk of damage that could compromise the roofing system. This durability and resistance to damage make thick-gauge steel a valuable choice for construction projects.

Comparing Different Steel Gauges

Different steel gauges offer varying levels of strength, durability, and cost-effectiveness for metal roofing applications. When selecting a steel gauge for a project, it’s crucial to consider the specific requirements and constraints of the job.

Properties and Applications of 24-Gauge Steel

24-gauge steel is considered the industry standard for high-performance standing seam metal roofing systems. It provides an optimal balance of strength, workability, and cost-effectiveness, making it suitable for commercial and architectural applications. With a minimum thickness of 0.023 inches, 24-gauge steel offers superior rigidity and impact resistance, ideal for regions with severe weather conditions. Additionally, 24-gauge panels weigh approximately 1.0 pound per square foot, making them substantial yet manageable for installation.

Properties and Applications of 26-Gauge Steel

26-gauge steel, with its 0.018-inch thickness, serves as an economical alternative for residential applications and structures in milder climate regions. The reduction in thickness compared to 24-gauge steel results in lighter panels that are easier to handle but more susceptible to oil canning and physical damage. Despite this, 26-gauge systems are popular for residential metal roofing projects where budget considerations are balanced with performance requirements.

Properties and Applications of 29-Gauge Steel

29-gauge steel, being the thinnest at approximately 0.0149 inches, is primarily used for agricultural buildings, sheds, and other applications where cost is the primary consideration. While it is lighter and less expensive, it still offers durability and weather resistance, making it suitable for certain commercial projects.

To better understand the differences between these steel gauges, let’s examine their characteristics in a comparative table:

Steel Gauge Thickness (inches) Weight (pounds per square foot) Typical Applications
24-Gauge 0.023 1.0 Commercial buildings, architectural structures, residential projects
26-Gauge 0.018 0.8 Residential projects, industrial & structural buildings, agricultural structures
29-Gauge 0.0149 0.6 Agricultural buildings, sheds, cost-sensitive commercial projects

Each steel gauge has its distinct advantages and is suited for specific applications. The selection process requires careful consideration of regional weather patterns, building codes, and long-term performance expectations.

Key Factors That Influence Steel Gauge Selection

The selection of steel gauge is not a one-size-fits-all decision; it’s influenced by various key considerations. When choosing the appropriate steel gauge for a project, several factors must be taken into account to ensure the material meets the necessary performance and durability standards.

Project Type and Building Requirements

The type of project is a primary factor in determining the suitable steel gauge. For instance, commercial buildings typically require thicker, 24-gauge materials to comply with more stringent building codes and performance standards. In contrast, residential projects offer more flexibility in gauge selection, with homeowners often weighing the benefits of superior performance against cost savings. Building requirements, including local codes, engineering specifications, and warranty conditions, also play a crucial role in dictating the minimum gauge requirements.

Environmental Considerations and Weather Resistance

Environmental factors significantly influence the choice of steel gauge. Areas prone to extreme weather conditions, such as coastal regions, high-wind zones, and hail-prone areas, demand the superior strength and weather resistance of thicker steel panels. The long-term exposure to UV radiation, temperature fluctuations, and precipitation must be evaluated against the performance characteristics of different gauge options. For example, 24-gauge metal roofing systems are better equipped to handle extreme weather environments compared to 26-gauge metal.

Budget Constraints and Cost Analysis

Budget constraints inevitably influence material selection. The price difference between 24-gauge and 26-gauge metal coils/sheets can be significant, with 24-gauge costing between $1.20 to $2.15 per square foot. A comprehensive cost analysis must consider not only the initial material expenses but also potential maintenance costs, insurance implications, and the expected service life of different gauge options. This analysis will help determine the return on investment for thicker gauge materials.

Steel Gauge Cost per Square Foot Weather Resistance Typical Applications
24-Gauge $1.20 – $2.15 High Commercial buildings, high-wind areas
26-Gauge 8-15% less than 24-Gauge Moderate Residential projects, standard conditions

Performance Benefits of Thick-Gauge Steel

In the realm of metal roofing and wall systems, thick-gauge steel stands out for its superior performance characteristics. We explore the advantages that make it a preferred choice for various applications.

Impact and Dent Resistance

Thick-gauge steel delivers superior impact resistance, significantly reducing the risk of denting from hailstorms, falling debris, and maintenance foot traffic. This enhanced durability ensures that both the aesthetics and structural integrity of the metal roofing system are maintained over time. The thicker material provides a more substantial barrier against punctures and penetrations, which could lead to leaks and premature system failure in severe weather conditions.

  • The difference between 24-gauge and thinner options can be dramatic, with thicker panels maintaining their appearance and performance characteristics even after significant impact events.
  • In regions prone to hail, the use of thick-gauge steel can be particularly beneficial, offering enhanced protection against damage.

Oil Canning Prevention

Oil canning, the visible waviness in metal panels, is substantially reduced in thicker gauge materials due to their superior rigidity and resistance to deformation under thermal expansion and contraction. Techniques such as using a striation or rib roller to break up the flat area of the panel, ensuring the roof deck is level and consistent, and using a narrower width panel can further minimize oil canning.

  • The prevention of oil canning through proper gauge selection enhances not only the aesthetic appeal but also the long-term performance of the roofing system.
  • Thicker gauge materials provide a more stable base for various installation practices aimed at reducing oil canning.

Noise Reduction and Insulation Properties

Thick-gauge steel offers enhanced acoustic performance, reducing the transmission of rain impact noise and external sounds. The additional mass of thicker panels contributes to improved thermal performance, helping to stabilize interior temperatures and potentially reducing energy costs associated with heating and cooling.

  • The combination of superior impact resistance, oil canning prevention, and enhanced insulation properties creates a comprehensive performance advantage.
  • This makes thick-gauge steel a justified investment for critical applications where durability and performance are paramount.

Steel vs. Aluminum: Material Comparison

Selecting the right material for your roof involves understanding the differences between steel and aluminum. Both are popular choices for metal roofing, but they have distinct characteristics that affect their performance, durability, and cost.

Weight and Structural Considerations

The weight of steel and aluminum roofing materials differs significantly due to their density. Steel is approximately three times denser than aluminum, making steel roofing panels heavier, with a weight range of 1.5 to 2.0 pounds per square foot, compared to aluminum roofing panels, which weigh between 0.5 to 0.75 pounds per square foot. This difference impacts structural requirements and installation procedures.

Corrosion Resistance and Longevity

Aluminum naturally forms a protective oxide layer, making it inherently resistant to corrosion. In contrast, steel requires protective coatings like galvanized or galvalume to prevent rust. While properly coated steel performs well in most inland applications, aluminum excels in coastal environments with salt spray exposure.

Cost Differences and Value Assessment

The cost of aluminum roofing systems is generally 20% to 35% higher than steel roofing systems, depending on the panel profile, finish, and regional availability. While steel is more budget-friendly upfront, the longevity and maintenance requirements of aluminum can justify its higher initial cost in corrosive environments.

Practical Applications of Thick-Gauge Steel

thick gauge steel applications commercial residential

Learn More

The practical applications of thick-gauge steel are vast and varied, catering to different construction needs. We see thick-gauge steel being utilized in various projects due to its superior strength, durability, and resistance to environmental factors.

Commercial and Industrial Uses

Thick-gauge steel is widely used in commercial and industrial settings. Commercial applications include hospitals, educational facilities, and government buildings where long-term performance and minimal maintenance are crucial. The superior structural integrity of 24-gauge steel makes it ideal for large-span commercial roofing, minimizing deflection and maximizing weather resistance. Industrial facilities benefit from thick-gauge steel’s enhanced durability in challenging environments.

Warehouses and storage facilities also utilize 24-gauge standing seam systems to protect valuable inventory with minimal maintenance requirements and maximum weather resistance.

Residential Construction Benefits

In residential construction, thick-gauge steel provides homeowners with premium roofing systems that offer superior wind resistance, impact protection, and aesthetic appeal. High-end residential projects often specify 24-gauge materials for their enhanced dimensional stability, creating cleaner sight lines and more consistent panel appearance across large roof sections. The benefits extend to reduced maintenance requirements and potential insurance premium savings in regions prone to severe weather events.

Specialized Projects and Custom Applications

Specialized applications such as curved roofing, radius panels, and architectural features benefit from the superior formability and strength retention of thick-gauge steel during fabrication. Custom metal work, including flashings, transitions, and decorative elements, achieves better results with thicker materials. The versatility of thick-gauge steel extends to various panel profiles, finishes, and installation methods, making it adaptable to virtually any architectural vision.

Conclusion: Making the Right Steel Gauge Choice for Your Project

Selecting the optimal steel gauge for your project is a decision that significantly impacts its longevity and structural integrity. We have explored the various factors that influence this choice, including environmental conditions, budget constraints, and performance requirements.

For projects in regions with extreme weather, 24-gauge steel offers enhanced structural integrity and impact resistance, justifying its modest price premium. In contrast, budget-conscious projects in milder climates may benefit from the cost savings of 26-gauge systems while achieving acceptable performance.

The differences in weight, rigidity, and oil canning resistance between gauge options should be evaluated against your specific project requirements. Consulting with experienced metal roofing professionals can provide valuable insights into the optimal gauge selection for your unique circumstances, ensuring a durable and long-lasting metal roof.

Ultimately, the right steel gauge choice translates to peace of mind and satisfaction with your metal roofing investment for decades to come.

Posted on

How to choose the right size fire pit for your outdoor space

Fire pits have been a cornerstone of human gathering and warmth for centuries. Today, they not only serve as a source of heat but also as a focal point in outdoor living spaces, enhancing the ambiance and extending the usability of your yard beyond the warmer months.

Selecting the ideal fire pit involves considering several key factors, including the available space, intended use, and safety requirements. The size of your fire pit significantly impacts its heat output and how well it integrates with your existing outdoor design elements.

We understand that a well-chosen fire pit can transform your outdoor area into a cozy, inviting oasis. By considering these factors, you can create a warm and welcoming living space that is perfect for gatherings and relaxation.

Understanding Fire Pit Basics

The size of your fire pit is a critical factor that influences both its functionality and aesthetic appeal. We understand that choosing the right size fire pit can be daunting, but it’s essential for creating a warm and inviting outdoor space.

Its size plays a significant role in its type and functionality. A portable fire pit is typically smaller and perfect for those who prefer a movable heat source or have limited space. On the other hand, larger fire pits like Prism Hardscapes are usually stationary and can serve as a centerpiece for a more intimate space.

Why Size Matters for Your Outdoor Fire Pit

The size of your fire pit directly impacts its heat output, fuel consumption, and overall visual impact in your outdoor setting. Here are key considerations:

  • Smaller fire pits (under 36 inches) are ideal for limited spaces and intimate gatherings, offering portability and easier maintenance.
  • Medium-sized pits (36-45 inches) strike a balance between heat output and space efficiency, accommodating small to medium gatherings.
  • Larger fire pits (over 45 inches) create dramatic flame presentations and provide significant heat, but require more substantial outdoor areas and increased fuel consumption.

Understanding the relationship between fire pit size and functionality helps ensure you select a model that meets your specific outdoor entertainment needs.

Measuring Your Outdoor Space

Accurate measurement of your outdoor space is vital for determining the right size of fire pit for your patio or backyard. To start, you need to assess the available space where you plan to install your fire pit. This involves considering the overall layout of your yard, including any existing features such as patio furniture, walkways, and landscaping elements.

Determining Available Space for Your Fire Pit

When measuring your outdoor area, it’s crucial to account for any obstacles or features that could impact fire pit placement. Consider the location of trees, gardens, and other outdoor structures. You should also think about the seating arrangement you plan to have around your pit. Ensuring there’s enough clearance for comfortable seating and movement around the fire is essential.

Calculating Clearance Requirements

To ensure safety, your fire pit should be placed at a safe distance from any flammable structures or vegetation. Ideally, it should be 15 to 25 feet away from your home, vehicle, and other outdoor structures. Additionally, consider the prevailing winds to prevent smoke from blowing into neighboring properties. For more detailed guidance on choosing the right fire pit, you can refer to our comprehensive fire pit buying guide.

How to Choose the Right Size and Style Fire Pit for Your Outdoor Space

how to choose the right size fire pit

Learn More

Selecting the ideal fire pit for your outdoor space involves considering both size and style to ensure a perfect blend of functionality and aesthetics. We understand that the right fire pit can elevate your outdoor living experience, providing warmth, ambiance, and a gathering point for family and friends.

Small Fire Pits (Under 36 inches)

Small fire pits, typically under 36 inches in diameter, are perfect for intimate settings, balconies, or small patios. They are often used more for decoration than as a primary heat source. These compact fire pits can add a cozy ambiance to your outdoor space without overwhelming it.

Medium Fire Pits (36-45 inches)

Medium fire pits, ranging from 36 to 45 inches in diameter, offer versatility for most residential settings. They provide adequate heat while accommodating 4-8 people comfortably, making them ideal for small to medium-sized gatherings. These fire pits strike a balance between functionality and space efficiency.

Large Fire Pits (Over 45 inches)

Large fire pits, measuring over 45 inches in diameter, are perfect for spacious backyards and commercial settings. They provide reliable heat and can serve as dramatic focal points, accommodating larger groups of 8-12 people. These larger fire pits are ideal for those who frequently host gatherings or parties.

When choosing the right size fire pit, consider whether you’re primarily using it for ambiance, cooking, or as a significant heat source, as each purpose may require different dimensions. The right size fire pit should complement your outdoor space while providing the functionality you need for your specific entertainment style.

  • Small fire pits under 36 inches are perfect for intimate settings, balconies, small patios, or as decorative elements in larger landscapes.
  • Medium fire pits ranging from 36-45 inches offer versatility for most residential settings, providing adequate heat while accommodating 4-8 people comfortably.
  • Large fire pits exceeding 45 inches create dramatic focal points for spacious outdoor areas and can serve as gathering spots for larger groups of 8-12 people.
  • When selecting size, consider whether you’re primarily using the fire pit for ambiance, cooking, or as a significant heat source, as each purpose may require different dimensions.
  • The right size fire pit should complement your outdoor space while providing the functionality you need for your specific entertainment style.

Fire Pit Types and Their Size Considerations

The type of fire pit you choose significantly impacts its size and overall functionality. Different fire pits are designed with unique features that affect their size, fuel efficiency, and the overall experience they provide.

Gas Fire Pits

Gas fire pits are a popular choice for their ease of use and clean operation. They offer precise flame control and are available in sizes typically ranging from 24-60 inches, depending on the BTU output needed. This makes them suitable for a variety of outdoor spaces.

natural gas fire pit sizes

Learn More

Propane Fire Pits

Propane fire pits provide portability and flexibility in placement, with most models designed in the 30-48 inch range to accommodate standard propane tanks. They are ideal for those who want to enjoy a fire pit in different locations.

propane fire pit dimensions

Learn More

Wood-Burning Fire Pits

Wood-burning fire pits are known for their traditional charm and ability to produce intense heat. They tend to be larger (36-48 inches) to accommodate wood logs and ensure proper air circulation, making them a great choice for those seeking a classic outdoor fire experience.

When choosing a fire pit, consider how the fuel type interacts with size, as this relationship significantly impacts both performance and safety.

Fire Pit Styles and Their Space Requirements

Fire pits come in various styles, each with its unique characteristics and space requirements. The right style can enhance your outdoor space, creating a focal point that complements your patio design.

Fire Bowls

Fire bowls are ideal for areas with limited space, featuring shallow, bowl-shaped shells that showcase the flames. They typically range from 24-40 inches in diameter, offering a classic look that works well in various outdoor settings.

fire bowl dimensions

Learn More

Fire Tables

Fire tables combine functionality with ambiance, generally measuring 36-60 inches in length or diameter. They provide ample surface area for drinks and small plates, making them perfect for entertaining.

fire pit table sizes

Learn More

Fire Columns

Fire columns present a vertical design option, usually 15-24 inches in diameter but 30-60 inches tall. They are ideal for smaller patios where floor space is limited and can be used to illuminate an outdoor walkway.

fire column dimensions

Learn More

The style you choose should complement your existing outdoor design aesthetic while meeting your practical needs for heat, light, and entertainment. Consider how each style integrates with your outdoor furniture arrangement and overall patio design to create a cohesive look.

Creating the Ideal Seating Area Around Your Fire Pit

We understand that creating the ideal seating area around your fire pit is crucial for both safety and comfort. A well-designed seating arrangement not only enhances the aesthetic appeal of your outdoor space but also ensures that you and your guests can enjoy the fire pit without compromising on safety or comfort.

Optimal Seating Distances for Round Fire Pits

For round fire pits, arranging seating in a circular pattern is recommended to promote conversation and maintain an equal distance from the heat source for all guests. We suggest maintaining a distance of at least 7 feet from the edge of the fire pit to the seats. This allows for ample legroom and a safe distance from the heat. For a round fire pit with a diameter of 36 inches, the total diameter needed for comfortable seating would be approximately 15 feet.

Optimal Seating Distances for Square Fire Pits

Square fire pits work best with seating arranged in a square or rectangular configuration, typically with chairs or benches on each side. Similar to round fire pits, maintaining a distance of at least 7 feet between the fire pit edge and seating is advisable. If you plan to include a pathway around your seating area, consider adding another 3 feet to the total size to allow for easy movement. For example, a square fire pit with 36-inch sides would require a total area of at least 15 feet by 15 feet to accommodate seating and a pathway comfortably.

Fire Pit Shape Recommended Seating Distance Total Area Required
Round 7 feet from edge 15 feet diameter
Square 7 feet from edge 15×15 feet

By considering these guidelines, you can create a seating area around your fire pit that is both safe and inviting, enhancing your overall outdoor living experience.

Material Considerations for Different Sized Fire Pits

Fire pit materials vary widely, and selecting the right one is key to creating a warm and inviting outdoor space. The material used for your fire pit not only affects its durability but also its overall aesthetic and how well it integrates with your existing outdoor design elements.

When choosing a fire pit, it’s essential to consider the size of the unit and the material it’s made of. Larger fire pits require more durable materials that can withstand intense heat and weather exposure over time.

Durable Materials for Permanent Large Fire Pits

For permanent large fire pits (over 45 inches), we recommend using materials like cast concrete, natural stone, or brick. These materials are not only durable but also provide a sturdy, long-lasting fire pit that can be a centerpiece for your outdoor space. Cast concrete, for instance, offers a robust and weather-resistant option that can be customized to fit various designs.

  • Cast concrete provides a robust and weather-resistant option.
  • Natural stone offers a natural, elegant look that complements most outdoor designs.
  • Brick is another durable option that can withstand high temperatures and adds a classic touch to your outdoor area.

Lightweight Materials for Portable Small Fire Pits

Smaller, portable fire pits (under 36 inches) benefit from lightweight yet durable materials such as aluminum, copper, or thin-gauge steel. These materials ensure that your fire pit remains portable while still providing the warmth and ambiance you desire. Copper, for example, not only is lightweight but also develops a beautiful patina over time, adding to the aesthetic appeal.

  • Aluminum is a lightweight and corrosion-resistant option ideal for smaller fire pits.
  • Copper offers elegance and durability, with the added benefit of developing a natural patina.
  • Thin-gauge steel is another versatile option that balances portability with durability.

Safety Considerations Based on Fire Pit Size

The size of your fire pit directly impacts the safety measures you need to implement around it. As we discussed in previous sections, choosing the right size fire pit for your outdoor space is crucial, and so is ensuring that it’s safely installed and maintained.

Clearance Requirements from Structures and Vegetation

One of the primary safety considerations is maintaining adequate clearance between your fire pit and any surrounding structures or vegetation. Larger fire pits produce more heat and potentially more embers, requiring greater clearance to prevent accidental fires or damage. We recommend a minimum clearance of 15 to 25 feet between your fire pit and any structures, with larger pits necessitating the higher end of this range or more.

Fire Pit Size Recommended Clearance
Small (Under 36 inches) 15 feet
Medium (36-45 inches) 20 feet
Large (Over 45 inches) 25 feet or more

Local Regulations and Permits

Before installing a fire pit, it’s essential to check local regulations regarding fire pit size, fuel type, and placement. Many municipalities have specific requirements to ensure safety and minimize risks. For instance, some areas may restrict the use of wood-burning fire pits or require permits for installation. We advise contacting your local authorities to understand the specific regulations in your area.

“Always verify local codes and regulations before installing a fire pit to ensure compliance and safety.”

— Fire Safety Guidelines

By considering both clearance requirements and local regulations, you can enjoy your fire pit while maintaining a safe environment around it.

Conclusion

By now, you should have a clear understanding of how to balance your outdoor space, intended use, and safety requirements for your fire pit. Selecting the right size fire pit involves considering several key factors, including the size of your outdoor space, the type of fuel you’ll be using, and your typical entertaining needs.

Whether you’re hosting intimate gatherings or larger parties, the fire pit you choose should enhance your outdoor living experience. Remember, the fuel type you choose—whether gas, propane, or wood—influences both the ideal size and placement options for your fire pit. Proper clearance around your fire pit, typically 5-7 feet, is essential for both safety and comfort, allowing adequate space for furniture and guest movement.

By thoughtfully considering all the factors outlined in this guide—from space measurements to material selection—you’ll be well-equipped to choose a fire pit that provides warmth and ambiance to your outdoor space for years to come. Our guide has provided you with the necessary tools to make an informed decision, ensuring your outdoor space becomes the perfect setting for relaxation and entertainment.

In conclusion, choosing the right fire pit is a matter of balancing your needs with safety and style. With this guide, you’re now ready to make a confident choice that will enhance your patio or outdoor area, providing a warm and inviting space for years to come.

Posted on

Why a Handmade Fire Pit is the Last One You’ll Ever Buy

As we increasingly invest in our outdoor living spaces, fire pits have become a focal point for gatherings and relaxation. However, many homeowners are frustrated with mass-produced fire pits that deteriorate quickly, requiring frequent replacement.

We believe that a custom-built fire pit offers superior craftsmanship, materials, and design integration that mass-produced alternatives cannot match. By understanding the key differences between handmade and mass-produced fire pits, homeowners can make informed decisions that align with their long-term outdoor living goals.

Investing in a handmade fire pit represents not just a purchase, but a lasting addition to your outdoor living space that eliminates the need for future replacements. We will explore how the initial investment in quality craftsmanship pays dividends through durability, safety, aesthetic appeal, and property value enhancement.

The Fire Pit Dilemma: Handmade vs. Mass-Produced

Outdoor fire pits have become a staple in home design, but the dilemma lies in choosing between a custom, handmade fire pit and a mass-produced alternative. We explore the intricacies of this decision to help homeowners make an informed choice.

Understanding Your Fire Pit Options

When considering a fire pit, homeowners are faced with various options, including handmade fire pits and mass-produced fire pits. The type of fire pit you choose can significantly impact your outdoor living experience. Types of outdoor fire pits include inground installations and portable models, each with its unique benefits and drawbacks.

The True Cost of Choosing the Wrong Fire Pit

Choosing the wrong fire pit can lead to a range of issues, from safety concerns to financial waste. Unlike a custom fire pit, which is a long-term investment, a lower-quality pit may require frequent replacements or repairs over time, increasing its cost. According to a study, inground fire pits deliver a 67% return on investment, enhancing the overall value of your home.

The hidden costs of a poorly chosen fire pit include:

  • Frequent replacements and repairs.
  • Diminished enjoyment of your outdoor space due to safety concerns or poor functionality.
  • Environmental impact from contributing to landfill waste.
  • Long-term expenses that exceed the initial cost of a quality handmade fire pit.

Why a Handmade Fire Pit is the Last One You’ll Ever Buy

In the realm of outdoor fire pits, handmade craftsmanship sets a new standard for durability and aesthetic appeal. A handmade fire pit is a significant investment in your outdoor living space, offering a unique blend of quality, longevity, and style.

Superior Materials and Craftsmanship

Handmade fire pits are constructed with high-quality materials that can withstand the elements year after year. As emphasized by industry experts, “A well-crafted fire pit is not just a feature; it’s a focal point for outdoor gatherings and memories.” The superior craftsmanship ensures that every detail, from the drainage system to the finishing touches, is meticulously attended to.

Weather Resistance and Longevity

These fire pits are specifically engineered to withstand harsh weather conditions, including freezing temperatures, snow, intense sun exposure, and heavy rainfall. With proper maintenance, such as regular cleaning and occasional sealing, a handmade fire pit can last for decades. This longevity is a testament to the quality of materials and construction techniques used. As a result, you can enjoy your outdoor fire without worrying about the pit deteriorating over time.

By choosing a handmade fire pit, you’re not only investing in a product but also in the craftsmanship and durability that comes with it. This makes it a worthwhile investment for anyone looking to enhance their outdoor living experience.

The Safety Advantage of Custom-Built Fire Pits

When it comes to enjoying your outdoor space, a custom-built fire pit offers not just aesthetic appeal but also a significant safety advantage. We understand that safety is a top priority when it comes to outdoor fire features.

A handmade fire pit, when properly installed, provides a level of safety that is hard to match with mass-produced models. This is due in part to the ability to integrate specific safety features directly into the design and installation of the fire pit.

Integrated Safety Features

One of the key benefits of a custom-built fire pit is the ability to incorporate integrated safety features. For example, professional installation allows for the proper integration of utilities such as gas lines and electrical connections for lighting, all installed to code with appropriate safety measures. Additionally, the design process can include the creation of designated safe zones around the fire feature, with appropriate seating distances and clear boundaries that enhance user safety.

  • Professional installation ensures that the fire pit is level and stable, eliminating the risk of tipping or shifting during use.
  • The immovable nature of handmade fire pits prevents users from repositioning them to unsafe locations.

Stability and Permanent Installation Benefits

The permanent installation of a handmade fire pit is a crucial factor in its safety advantage. By ensuring a stable foundation, the risk of accidents is significantly reduced. Our team considers site-specific factors like prevailing wind directions and drainage patterns to create a customized safety profile for your property.

Safety Feature Benefit
Permanent Installation Eliminates risk of tipping or shifting
Integrated Utilities Ensures safe and proper connections
Designated Safe Zones Enhances user safety around the fire feature

To further enhance safety, it’s essential to follow basic precautions such as keeping the fire pit at least 10 feet away from structures or flammable materials and never leaving the fire unattended.

Design and Customization: Creating Your Perfect Outdoor Gathering Space

The art of outdoor living is elevated with a handmade fire pit that reflects your personal style and complements your home’s architecture. We understand that a custom fire pit is not just a feature, but a centerpiece that brings people together.

Seamless Integration with Your Landscape

Custom fire pits allow you to seamlessly integrate an alluring amenity into your overall landscape design. This opens up endless possibilities for style, size, and materials, letting you create a fire pit that complements everything from your patio to your garden layout.

Personalization Options for Materials, Size, and Style

With handmade fire pits, you have extensive personalization options to create a truly unique outdoor feature. You can choose from various materials like natural stones, brick types, and metal finishes. Size customization ensures your fire pit is proportional to your space, whether you’re looking for an intimate setting or a large-scale installation. Additionally, you can select from a range of styles, from rustic to contemporary, to match your home’s aesthetic.

The Investment Value: ROI of Handmade Fire Pits

The value of a handmade fire pit extends far beyond its initial cost. When evaluating the return on investment (ROI), several factors come into play.

Home Value Enhancement

A well-crafted, handmade fire pit can significantly enhance your home’s value. It becomes a focal point in your outdoor living space, making it more attractive to potential buyers if you decide to sell. We see this as a key benefit, as it not only provides a enjoyable space for you and your family but also adds to the overall aesthetic and functional value of your property.

Feature Handmade Fire Pit Mass-Produced Fire Pit
Material Quality High-grade materials Thin metal, prone to rust
Customization Tailored to your space Limited design options
Longevity Decades with proper care 2-3 seasons average lifespan

Long-Term Savings vs. Replacement Costs

While the initial cost of a handmade fire pit may be higher, the long-term savings are substantial. Mass-produced fire pits often require frequent replacements due to rust, structural failure, or aesthetic deterioration. By contrast, a handmade fire pit is constructed to last, with minimal maintenance needs. We calculate that the investment in a handmade fire pit typically breaks even within 5-7 years compared to the cumulative costs of multiple replacements of lower-quality alternatives.

By choosing a handmade fire pit, you’re not just investing in a product; you’re investing in years of trouble-free enjoyment and the enhancement of your outdoor living experience.

Conclusion: Elevating Your Outdoor Living Experience

As we’ve explored, a handmade fire pit is more than just an outdoor feature; it’s a lasting investment in your home’s outdoor living experience. The superior craftsmanship, materials, and design integration of handmade fire pits create a permanent landscape feature that will serve as a gathering place for family and friends for decades to come.

Beyond the practical benefits of durability and safety, a handmade fire pit transforms your outdoor space into a destination that extends your living area and creates opportunities for meaningful connection and relaxation. For homeowners who value quality, longevity, and thoughtful design, a handmade fire pit represents the perfect balance of practical function and aesthetic beauty.

We encourage you to consider the complete picture—initial investment, lifetime value, aesthetic appeal, safety advantages, and enhancement of your outdoor living experience—when making your fire pit decision. Explore our collection of artisan fire pits to find the perfect fit for your backyard oasis.

Posted on

How one fire pit became the centerpiece of a family’s backyard life

We have witnessed firsthand the transformative power of a fire pit in a family’s outdoor space. It’s more than just a feature; it becomes the heart of family gatherings and memories. Gathering around fire is a timeless tradition that has brought people together throughout history.

For many families, the backyard is evolving into an extension of their living space, with a pit serving as a natural focal point. As we explore the journey of one family with their fire pit, we discover the various benefits it brought beyond just warmth, including extended outdoor seasons and deeper family conversations.

By installing a fire pit, families can create a dedicated space for both planned gatherings and spontaneous moments of connection. In this article, we will guide you through selecting, installing, and maximizing your pit for your family’s enjoyment, helping you make the most of your outdoor living space.

The Decision to Transform Our Backyard Space

Our backyard was a blank canvas, waiting for the perfect feature to turn it into a vibrant outdoor living space. We had been exploring various options to create a memorable outdoor experience.

Recognizing the Untapped Potential

As we evaluated our backyard, we recognized its untapped potential. We considered a back-to-nature approach that would allow us to surround ourselves with the beauty of nature. “When deciding where to place your fire pit, consider a location that creates a truly transformative escape,” we noted.

Searching for the Perfect Focal Point

We explored different outdoor focal points, including water features, outdoor kitchens, and pergolas. However, a fire pit stood out due to its versatility and aesthetic appeal. It could provide warmth, serve as a cooking area, and create ambiance for gatherings. We researched design magazines, visited friends’ homes, and browsed online for inspiration. Ultimately, we decided that a pit on our patio would be the perfect addition to create the outdoor gathering space we envisioned.

Feature Benefits
Fire Pit Warmth, Cooking, Ambiance
Water Features Aesthetic Appeal, Soothing Sounds
Outdoor Kitchens Culinary Experiences, Entertainment

Choosing the Right Fire Pit for Our Family Needs

Our family’s search for a fire pit was guided by a desire for both functionality and aesthetic appeal. We wanted a fire pit that would not only be a warm and inviting centerpiece for our backyard gatherings but also complement our outdoor living space.

Comparing Different Types and Styles

We began by comparing different types and styles of pit designs, considering factors such as fuel type, material, and overall design. We looked at various models, from traditional wood-burning pits to modern propane-fired units. The propane fire pit, with its adjustable flame control and stainless steel construction, stood out for its convenience and durability.

Finding the Perfect Balance of Form and Function

In our search for the perfect pit, we sought to balance form and function. We evaluated the long-term value of investing in a higher-quality fire pit versus opting for a less expensive option. Ultimately, we found a fire pit that met our needs, combining modern design elements with practical functionality, making it an ideal centerpiece for our outdoor space.

Installation Day: Creating Our Outdoor Gathering Space

As we prepared for installation day, our excitement grew, knowing our backyard was about to transform into the ultimate outdoor gathering space. The fire pit was the centerpiece of this transformation.

Preparing the Perfect Location

We began by selecting the perfect location for our fire pit, ensuring it was safely positioned and visually appealing. The area around the pit was then prepared to create a cozy patio atmosphere.

The Finishing Touches

With the fire pit in place, we added the finishing touches, including comfortable seating, outdoor lighting, and decorative elements that complemented our overall design aesthetic. For more insights on why a fire pit is essential for your patio, check out this resource.

How One Fire Pit Became the Centerpiece of a Family’s Backyard Life

The fire pit, once just a feature, evolved into the central gathering point for our family. As we reflect on its impact, it’s clear that it has become more than just a source of warmth; it’s a catalyst for connection.

The First Evening Around the Flames

The first evening we gathered around the fire pit was a moment of realization. We watched as the flames danced, casting a warm glow on our faces. It was a simple pleasure, yet it felt like a rediscovery of a long-forgotten joy. The warmth and light of the fire pit brought us closer together, creating an instant sense of togetherness.

From Occasional Use to Daily Ritual

What started as an occasional weekend activity soon turned into a daily ritual. Family members would gather around the fire for conversations, sharing stories, or simply enjoying the warmth. It became a time for us to unwind and connect on a deeper level. The pit became the heart of our home, a place where memories were made and strengthened.

Time Period Frequency of Use Activities
Initial Weeks Occasional, weekends Gathering, storytelling
First Few Months Regular, weeknights Family discussions, relaxation
Present Day Daily Bonding, celebrations, quiet time

By incorporating the fire pit into our daily routine, we’ve created a new family ritual that we all look forward to. It’s a testament to how a simple feature can become the centerpiece of family life, providing time for connection and making memories.

Extending Our Outdoor Season Through All Weather

As fall descends, the fire pit becomes an indispensable part of our outdoor living. The changing seasons bring a transformation in how we enjoy our outdoor space, and our fire pit is central to this experience.

Spring Evenings Under the Stars

During spring, the fire pit sets the stage for magical evenings under the stars. We enjoy the warmth it provides on cooler spring nights, extending our outdoor season.

Summer Nights of Stories and Laughter

In the summer, our fire pit is the hub of activity, hosting countless nights of stories, laughter, and making memories with family and friends. The fire pit becomes a gathering point, fostering connection and community.

Fall Gatherings with Warmth and Color

As fall arrives, our outdoor fire pit truly comes into its own. It provides both physical warmth and a cozy atmosphere, perfectly complementing the season’s vibrant colors. The changing foliage creates a spectacular backdrop for fall gatherings, enhancing the visual experience. We find ourselves enjoying the crisp beauty of fall evenings, made possible by the fire pit.

Season Activities Atmosphere
Spring Stargazing, evening walks Magical, cool nights
Summer Storytelling, laughter, family gatherings Warm, vibrant
Fall Apple cider sipping, pumpkin carving, warm gatherings Cozy, colorful

Creating Meaningful Connections Around the Fire

As we sit around the fire pit, we’ve come to realize that it’s not just a source of warmth, but a catalyst for deeper connections among friends and family. The ambiance created by the fire pit has been instrumental in transforming our backyard into a vibrant social hub.

The fire pit has become a natural gathering point, encouraging conversations and fostering a sense of community. It’s a place where we can share stories, laughter, and moments of vulnerability, all while surrounded by the warmth and comfort of the fire.

Family Traditions Born in Firelight

The fire pit has given birth to numerous family traditions. We roast marshmallows, share ghost stories, and enjoy quality time together under the stars. These moments have become an integral part of our family’s culture, strengthening our bonds and creating lasting memories.

Friendships Deepened Through Fireside Conversations

The fire pit has also played a significant role in deepening friendships. The relaxed atmosphere encourages meaningful conversations, allowing us to connect with our friends on a deeper level. We’ve shared laughter, supported each other through tough times, and formed lasting bonds around the fire.

Aspect Before Fire Pit After Fire Pit
Social Gatherings Infrequent and formal Frequent and casual
Conversations Superficial Meaningful and deep
Family Bonding Limited to indoor activities Enhanced through outdoor activities around the fire pit
Friendships Developed through routine interactions Deepened through shared experiences around the fire

The Unexpected Benefits Beyond Warmth and Light

Beyond the warmth and light it provides, our fire pit has brought numerous unexpected benefits to our family’s outdoor experience. The ambiance created by the crackling fire and the cozy glow has made our patio feel like an extension of our living room, as we’ve come to appreciate the various ways it has enriched our family life.

A Natural Technology Detox

The fire pit has become a natural deterrent to our screen time, encouraging a technology detox. As we gather around the fire, the distraction of digital devices fades away, and we’re able to engage in meaningful conversations. The ambient glow of the fire pit creates a cozy atmosphere that promotes relaxation and togetherness, making it easier for us to disconnect from our devices and reconnect with each other.

Teaching Moments and Life Lessons

Around the fire pit, we’ve found numerous teaching moments and opportunities to impart valuable life lessons to our children. From teaching fire safety and maintenance to sharing stories of resilience and perseverance, the fire pit has become a catalyst for passing down wisdom across generations. The relaxed atmosphere around the fire has also created a space where family members feel comfortable asking questions, expressing doubts, or seeking advice, fostering a deeper sense of connection and understanding.

Benefits Description
Family Bonding The fire pit has strengthened family bonds through shared experiences and conversations.
Teaching Opportunities It has provided a natural setting for teaching various life skills and lessons.
Technology Detox The fire pit encourages a natural technology detox, promoting face-to-face interaction.

Conclusion: The Heart of Our Outdoor Home

Our fire pit has evolved into the heart of our outdoor home, fostering connections and creating lasting memories. We’ve discovered that it’s not just a feature, but an essential element that has transformed our backyard into a vibrant gathering space.

The fire pit has redefined our relationship with our outdoor space, turning it into an extension of our home. It’s become a place where we share stories, laughter, and warmth, creating a sense of togetherness. As we look back, it’s clear that our fire pit investment has paid dividends far beyond our initial expectations.

We encourage you to consider how a patio fire pit might transform your own outdoor spaces and family experiences. By doing so, you may discover that it’s the key to unlocking the full potential of your outdoor living space, making it the heart of your home.

Posted on

Why our fire pits don’t rust, warp, or quit (and most others do)

Rust and corrosion can be a significant issue for metal fire pits, compromising their structural integrity and posing health risks. This occurs when iron in the metal interacts with oxygen in water, causing a chemical reaction known as oxidation.

To prevent such issues, quality construction and material selection are crucial. We use superior materials and techniques to ensure our fire pits withstand the elements. For more information on maintaining your fire pit, check out our guide on fire pit maintenance tips.

By understanding the factors that contribute to pit deterioration, you can appreciate the value of investing in a premium metal product built to last. Our fire pits are designed to provide years of enjoyment without the common issues like rust.

The Common Problems with Standard Fire Pits

Standard fire pits often fall short due to their inability to withstand extreme temperatures. This limitation leads to a range of issues that compromise their functionality and safety.

Rust Formation and Its Causes

Rust formation is a significant problem for standard fire pits, primarily due to the use of low-quality metal that is not resistant to corrosion. When exposed to moisture and heat, these metals react to form rust, weakening the structure of the fire pit.

Warping Issues from Heat Exposure

Another critical issue is warping caused by heat exposure. When standard fire pits are exposed to high temperatures, the metal can warp and deform, especially if it’s thin or of poor quality. This warping compromises the structural integrity and can create uneven heat distribution, leading to dangerous hot spots and an unstable base.

  • Repeated exposure to high temperatures causes warping and deformation.
  • Warping creates structural instability and safety risks.
  • Deformation affects heat distribution, creating hot spots.

Superior Materials Make the Difference

The secret to our fire pits’ durability lies in the superior materials we use. We prioritize the selection of high-grade metals that resist corrosion and maintain their structural integrity under high temperatures.

High-Grade Metals That Resist Corrosion

Our fire pits are crafted from metals known for their rust-resistant properties. Stainless steel and other alloys are chosen for their ability to withstand exposure to the elements without degrading.

The use of such high-grade metals ensures that our fire pits remain in excellent condition, even after prolonged use.

Heat-Resistant Properties That Prevent Warping

Different metals have varying heat resistance properties. We utilize heat-resistant alloys that maintain their integrity even when exposed to temperatures exceeding 1,500°F.

  • Our fire pits feature specially formulated heat-resistant alloys that prevent warping.
  • We incorporate strategic reinforcement in high-heat zones to distribute thermal stress evenly.
  • The precision-engineered thickness of our fire pit walls provides optimal heat distribution.
  • Our metal fire pits undergo rigorous thermal stress testing to ensure they maintain their shape and structural integrity.
  • Unlike competitors, our multi-layered approach creates a thermal barrier that protects the structural components from direct heat exposure.

Advanced Construction Techniques

Our fire pits are built to last, thanks to advanced construction techniques that set them apart from the competition. The durability and longevity of our fire pits are directly related to the precision and care taken during their construction.

Precision Engineering for Durability

We use precision engineering to ensure that every component of our fire pit is designed to withstand the rigors of outdoor use. This attention to detail results in a product that is both functional and aesthetically pleasing.

Protective Finishes and Coatings

The protective finishes on our fire pits are a crucial aspect of their durability. We apply a multi-layer protective finish system, starting with a zinc-rich primer that bonds molecularly with the metal. This is followed by a high-temperature ceramic coating that can withstand direct fire contact. Our proprietary exterior finish is also UV-resistant, ensuring that the pit remains protected and visually appealing over time. A light layer of protection, rather than regular applications of vegetable oil or other maintenance-intensive solutions, is all that’s required to keep our fire pits in excellent condition.

Why Our Fire Pits Don’t Rust, Warp, or Quit (and Most Others Do)

Our fire pits are engineered to withstand the elements, ensuring a long-lasting and enjoyable outdoor experience. This is achieved through a combination of superior materials, advanced construction techniques, and a deep understanding of the challenges posed by weather.

Material Selection Process

We select materials that are inherently resistant to corrosion and degradation. Our high-grade metals are chosen for their durability and ability to withstand exposure to moisture and rain without compromising the structural integrity of the fire pit.

Quality Control Standards

Our rigorous quality control standards ensure that every fire pit meets our high expectations. From the sourcing of materials to the final product, we maintain a strict regimen of inspections and tests to guarantee durability and performance.

Weatherproofing Features

Our fire pits incorporate several weatherproofing features designed to combat the effects of weather. These include:

  • Integrated drainage systems to prevent water accumulation.
  • Weatherproof seals at all connection points to prevent moisture infiltration.
  • An elevated design that improves airflow and accelerates drying after rain exposure.
  • Specially designed ventilation that balances burning performance with moisture resistance.
Feature Benefit
Integrated Drainage Prevents water accumulation, reducing rust risk
Weatherproof Seals Prevents moisture infiltration at connection points
Elevated Design Improves airflow, accelerating drying after rain
Special Ventilation Balances burning performance with moisture resistance

Proper Maintenance for Long-Lasting Fire Pits

Proper care and maintenance are essential for enjoying your fire pit for years to come. We understand that maintaining your outdoor fire pit is crucial for its longevity and performance.

Cleaning and Care Tips

Regular cleaning is vital to keep your fire pit in good condition. After each use, allow the fire pit to cool completely before cleaning. Use a wire brush to remove any debris or food residue. For tougher grime, a mixture of soap and water can be used. Ensure the fire pit is dry before storing it to prevent moisture buildup.

Storage Recommendations

Limiting your fire pit’s exposure to moisture and the elements is crucial. If possible, store your fire pit indoors or in a covered location during extended periods of non-use. If indoor storage isn’t feasible, use a high-quality, waterproof cover to protect it from rain and moisture. For permanent installations, position the fire pit under a covered area and elevate it slightly to improve drainage.

How to Identify a Quality Fire Pit Before Purchase

Selecting the right fire pit involves more than just aesthetics; it demands attention to construction and materials. When investing in a fire pit, understanding what constitutes quality is crucial for ensuring durability and safety.

Key Features to Look For

A quality fire pit is characterized by its robust construction and the use of high-grade materials. Look for fire pits made from thick, durable metal that can withstand thermal stress without warping. A proper layer of heat-resistant finish is also essential to prevent corrosion.

Red Flags That Signal Poor Quality

Be cautious of fire pits with thin metal construction that feels flimsy or flexes under moderate pressure, as this indicates insufficient material to withstand thermal stress. Other red flags include visible gaps in seams or joints, single-layer paint coatings, and minimal or non-existent warranties. For more insights on selecting a quality fire pit, our blog on the topic provides valuable guidance.

Rust can be an absolute nightmare if left untreated, causing holes to appear and rendering the pit useless and dangerous. To avoid such issues, it’s essential to inspect the fire pit carefully before purchase.

  • Check for thick, durable metal construction.
  • Ensure there are no visible gaps in seams or joints.
  • Look for proper heat-resistant finishes rather than single-layer paint coatings.
  • Opt for fire pits with meaningful warranties.
  • Be wary of unusually low-priced pits, as they often compromise on material quality.

Conclusion: Investing in Quality for Years of Enjoyment

As we’ve discussed, a well-constructed fire pit is the key to countless memorable moments outdoors. By investing in a premium fire pit, you’re not only ensuring durability but also enhancing your outdoor experience. Proper maintenance, including cleaning and applying a protective layer, plays a crucial role in extending the lifespan of your fire pit.

Our commitment to quality means that our fire pits are designed to remain rust-free and structurally sound over time. With the right care, your metal fire pit will continue to be a centerpiece for gatherings, providing warmth and ambiance for years to come. For additional tips on maintaining your fire pit, explore our other blog articles for comprehensive guidance.

Posted on

From cookouts to campfire chats: five ways to use your fire pit year-round

As the seasons change, the allure of a fire pit doesn’t have to fade with the summer warmth. We believe that a fire can be just as inviting on a chilly winter evening as it is during a summer pit stop. Whether you’re roasting marshmallows over a crackling fire or simply enjoying the ambiance, a pit can extend your outdoor living space well into the cooler months.

Investing in a quality fire pit opens up a world of possibilities, from cooking delicious meals to creating a cozy atmosphere that repels insects and fosters social gatherings. As highlighted in our previous discussions, such as the benefits of having a fire pit on your, these outdoor features offer more than just warmth; they enhance your outdoor experience at any time.

By choosing the right pit and learning how to use it effectively, you can enjoy the warmth and joy of a fire all year round, even on a cold winter night, surrounded by the gentle glow of burning wood.

Maximizing Your Outdoor Investment All Year Long

A fire pit is more than just a summer accessory; it’s a key to extending your outdoor living season. By incorporating a fire pit into your outdoor space, you can enjoy the fresh air and warmth throughout the year.

Why Fire Pits Are More Than Just Summer Features

Fire pits offer a unique way to enhance your outdoor experience, providing a focal point for gatherings and a source of warmth during colder months. They allow you to enjoy the outdoors even in the heart of winter, making them a valuable addition to your outdoor living space.

Benefits of Year-Round Fire Pit Usage

Using your fire pit year-round can have numerous benefits, including extending your outdoor entertaining season, creating opportunities for unique seasonal experiences, and providing a natural focal point for gatherings. It also allows you to enjoy physical and mental health benefits associated with spending time outdoors.

Season Fire Pit Benefits Outdoor Activities
Spring Extended outdoor entertaining season Cookouts, social gatherings
Summer Warmth and ambiance Campfire chats, stargazing
Fall Cozy atmosphere for harvest celebrations Harvest parties, bonfires
Winter Intensified heat with methods like Swedish torch Winter cookouts, snow-themed activities

Cooking Up Delicious Meals Beyond Basic S’mores

Beyond the classic s’mores, a fire pit offers a world of culinary possibilities. As the seasons change, we can continue to enjoy our outdoor space by exploring various cooking techniques and recipes that make the most of our fire pit.

Grilling Meats and Vegetables Over Open Flames

Grilling over open flames is a great way to cook meats and vegetables, adding a smoky flavor that’s hard to achieve with indoor cooking. Using a grill grate or cooking grid over the fire pit, we can prepare a variety of dishes, from steaks and burgers to roasted vegetables.

Creating Wood-Fired Pizzas at Home

With a fire pit and a pizza stone, we can create delicious wood-fired pizzas at home. This method allows for a crispy crust and well-cooked toppings, replicating the experience of a wood-fired oven.

Winter Cookouts: Comfort Foods by the Fire

During winter, we can use our pit for hearty comfort foods, such as stews and chilis, cooked in Dutch ovens or foil packets. The combination of cold weather and the warmth of the fire enhances the dining experience, making it a unique and enjoyable way to enjoy food and company.

Creating the Perfect Social Gathering Space in Any Season

A fire pit is more than just a feature; it’s the heart of your outdoor social space, fostering connection and community. We understand that a well-designed outdoor area can significantly enhance your social interactions, making your yard a hub for various activities throughout the year.

Summer Evening Entertainment Ideas

Summer evenings around the fire pit are perfect for outdoor entertainment. You can enjoy al fresco dining, share stories, or simply bask in the warmth of the fire as the sun sets. Consider arranging comfortable seating and incorporating ambient lighting to create an inviting atmosphere.

Fall Harvest Celebrations Around the Fire

As fall arrives, your fire pit can become the centerpiece for harvest celebrations. You can roast seasonal vegetables, enjoy warm beverages, and share the bounty of the season with friends and family. The cozy ambiance of the fire pit complements the festive spirit of the season.

From Cookouts to Campfire Chats: Five Ways to Use Your Fire Pit Year-Round

Your fire pit can serve multiple purposes throughout the year, from hosting cookouts and barbecues to facilitating campfire chats. Here are five ways to utilize your fire pit across different seasons:

  • Cooking meals over open flames
  • Hosting stargazing parties on clear nights
  • Creating a warm gathering spot during colder months
  • Enjoying s’mores and other treats year-round
  • Fostering intimate conversations around the campfire
Season Activities Ambiance
Summer Cookouts, stargazing Warm and lively
Fall Harvest celebrations, roasting vegetables Cozy and inviting
Winter Warm gatherings, hot chocolate Intimate and warm
Spring Campfire chats, outdoor games Relaxed and casual

Practical Uses Beyond Ambiance

Beyond creating a warm ambiance, fire pits offer several practical uses that can enhance your outdoor living experience. A long-burning fire pit can also be a great source of light that brightens up an outdoor space. We explore how fire pits can be utilized in various ways to maximize their benefits.

Natural Mosquito Repellent Techniques

Certain types of wood and plants can be burned in your fire pit to naturally repel mosquitoes. For example, citronella and lemongrass are known to have mosquito-repelling properties. By incorporating these into your fire pit, you can enjoy your outdoor backyard without the nuisance of mosquitoes.

Creating Fertilizer From Fire Pit Ash

The ash from your fire pit can be repurposed as a fertilizer for your garden. Wood ash contains potassium and calcium, which are beneficial for plant growth. However, it’s essential to use it in moderation to avoid raising the soil pH too much. You can learn more about using fire pit ash as fertilizer and other fun activities around your fire pit.

Extending Your Outdoor Living Space

Fire pits effectively extend your usable outdoor living space by providing heat and light, making outdoor areas functional beyond daylight hours and warm seasons. By strategically placing a fire pit, you can create outdoor rooms and living areas that complement your indoor spaces, increasing your home’s functional square footage and enhancing your overall outdoor living experience, especially on a chilly evening.

Mastering Winter Fire Pit Enjoyment

We can transform our outdoor spaces into cozy winter wonderlands with the perfect fire pit setup. By adopting a few simple strategies, you can enjoy your outdoor area even in the cold winter months.

The Swedish Torch Method for Maximum Heat

The Swedish Torch method is an efficient way to maximize heat from your portable fire pit. This technique involves arranging logs in a crisscross pattern, allowing for better airflow and a more sustained burn. It’s an effective way to keep your outdoor space warm and inviting.

Creating Wind Barriers and Cozy Setups

To enhance your winter fire pit experience, consider creating wind barriers using screens or natural barriers like evergreen branches. Arrange cozy seating with blankets and warm beverages to create an inviting atmosphere.

Fun Winter Activities Around Your Fire Pit

Winter offers a unique opportunity to enjoy activities around your fire pit, such as snowshoeing, sledding, or simply enjoying hot cocoa. You can also adapt winter-specific campfire traditions from various cultures to create memorable experiences with family and friends.

Winter Activity Fire Pit Enhancement
Snowshoeing Portable fire pit for warming up
Sledding Hot cocoa and snacks by the fire
Stargazing Cozy seating and warm blankets

Conclusion: Embracing Your Fire Pit’s Versatility Throughout the Seasons

Embracing your fire pit’s versatility can transform your outdoor living experience throughout the year. We have explored how a fire pit can be a valuable addition to your yard, providing a warm and inviting atmosphere on evening gatherings. Whether you’re cooking meals, socializing, or simply enjoying the warmth, a fire pit serves multiple purposes, making it an adaptable outdoor investment.

The consistent presence of a fire pit creates continuity in outdoor living, establishing traditions and routines that enhance your property’s enjoyment. From the ambiance of a summer campfire to the warmth on a chilly winter night, fire pits provide unique sensory experiences in every season. By investing in a quality fire pit and appropriate accessories, you can enjoy your outdoor space to the fullest, regardless of the weather or time of year.

We encourage you to experiment with different fire pit applications throughout the year, rather than limiting its use to traditional summer gatherings. By doing so, you can create memorable experiences that become cherished family traditions. So, reimagine your relationship with your outdoor space through the versatile lens of year-round fire pit enjoyment, and discover the joy of gathering around the fire pit on chilly nights in your yard.

Posted on

Ways to Use Your Fire Pit in the Summer

During summer nights, we often want to spend time outdoors, but lack a good way to do so. In a word that is so dominated by screens on our phones, computers and TVs, spending quality time around a fire pit is a nice return to simple living, free of distractions. Not only do outdoor fireplaces and fire pits provide warmth at night, but they can also act as a very design-driven centerpiece in your patio or backyard area.

With days getting longer and warmer as summer approaches, we have all the more reason to spend our free time outdoors. However, once the sun sets, it might be less tempting to stick around in your backyard. This is why it makes sense to install an outdoor fire pit this summer. This neat, unique hardscape feature will surely make your outdoor celebrations, family gatherings, and barbecues the talk of the neighborhood! Read below for a few ways to use your fire pit this summer – or why to get one if you have yet to take the plunge!

Free People Roasting Marshmallow Stock Photo

Fire Pits are a Great Way to Style Your Patio

Outdoor fireplaces can be built to match the design language of your home. From metal to stone they come in a wide variety of styles both modern and more traditional. A high quality fire pit can definitely set the tone for the rest of your back yard or patio set up, and many enthusiasts end up investing in higher quality outdoor furniture once they realize how much time they are spending outside.

With a natural stone veneer surrounding the fire pit, you have no cause for concern since the sparks and smoke will be contained within the fire pit area. Also, having natural stone surrounding this part of your backyard is a great way to make your backyard unique as well as enjoyable.

Although you might need to adapt your backyard a little bit by constructing a path made of pavers or slabs, all the effort and investment will be worth it in the end. Furthermore, you can decorate your backyard with the fire pit taking center stage. You can further embellish a path leading to the fire pit with sculptures, stones, garden gnomes, or flowers. These additions will transform your regular backyard into an organic oasis where you can socialize, party, or contemplate on your own in the evenings.

With a fire pit in place, you can organize all kinds of gatherings that will leave a lasting impression on your family, friends, and neighbors this summer. If you do not have the time to take care of plants and flowers, a fire pit will be a true statement piece that will make your backyard stand out effortlessly.

Fire Pits are Easy to Install

Fire pits are relatively inexpensive and easy to install compared to some of the more complex backyard staples such as pools, trampolines, or playgrounds. Not only are outdoor fire pits affordable, but they can definitely contribute additional value to your home and can be a great selling point for those looking to put their house on the market in the near future. Fire pits are available at nearly every price point, from simple fire bowls to custom stone or iron, you can find a fire pit for any budget.

Fire Pits are Great for Gatherings

A fire pit creates a focal point for your outdoor gathering. Some might say that it is simply in our genes to gather around a fire. Solidify your position as the go-to host for the neighborhood barbecue with a centerpiece that doubles as a conversation piece.

Aside from cooking, you can use your fire pit as a gathering spot all year round. You can make desert-themed parties in the summer, Halloween parties in the fall, and family gatherings in the winter as well. Not to mention a huge bonfire makes any birthday party an event to remember. Furthermore, you will probably be inclined to spend more time in your backyard. A fire pit can also serve as a setting for stargazing with your family or friends.

Fire Pits Come in a Variety of Fuel Options

The most popular fuel option for fire pits are wood, natural gas, and propane. If you’re looking for a more natural experience and you have more space, wood is a great option, but be aware that it is more work to find firewood, chop it and light a wood fire. Natural gas and propane have the benefits of being ready to go at the flick of a switch. They also require less space and are usually more safe than a wood fire pit. The main difference is that a natural gas pit cannot be moved and pulls from your home’s supply of natural gas. A propane powered fire pit can be moved, but you also have to deal with a clunky propane tank which is not always the most stylish option.

Fire pits that use gas are also reasonably easy to maintain. You do not have to worry about running out of wood. Furthermore, fire pits that are lit up with propane reduce mess, ashes, and other debris. They are also easy to start, eliminating the need to stack and replenish wood or coal to maintain the fire. It is not only supplies and low maintenance that might lead you to opt for a gas-powered fire pit. These kinds of fire pits are also safer because they do not emit sparks, which is crucial in dry summer months when the grass and foliage dries and becomes flammable.

Fire Pits Can Serve as Outdoor Kitchens and Dining Rooms

Unlike other nice landscape features that you can add to your backyard, such as fountains, fire pits can also be very practical. Aside from the usual marshmallow roasting, you can extend the functionality of the fire pit by placing a grill grate or a rotisserie over the flames. Thanks to this makeshift stove, you will be able to grill as many sausages, steaks, or fish as you want. You will no longer have to clean and air out your indoor kitchen, which can be really hard, especially in the summer. Also, you can place a table and chairs in the vicinity of the fire pit and thus make an outdoor dining room. This will transform your regular evening meals or barbecues into cozy, exciting, fire-lit events under the stars.

Extend your Interior Decorative Style your Fire Pit Area

Fire pits are so much more than just a stone or metal barbecue. They are made in all shapes and sizes, which means you can construct them to fit your aesthetic preferences. If you are traditional when it comes to design, you can install a rustic, bowl-shaped pit surrounded by natural rocks and stones. In contrast, if your personal taste gravitates toward minimalistic, modern lines and structures, your fire pit can reflect this, as well. Flat, smooth paving with a simplistic stone or marble ledge surrounding the fire pit makes for a perfect chill-out zone for your family and friends to make use of in the summer.

All in all, if you decide to install an outdoor fire pit this summer, you can use this opportunity to showcase your style and aesthetic affinities tastefully and practically.

Posted on

Fire Media for Gas Fire Pits

If you are considering a fire pit, one of your concerns may be about the difficulty in starting the fire itself. While a cozy, hand-built wood fire is something everyone should try at least once in their lifetime, it may not be a responsibility you want to take on every time you want to use your fire pit. Luckily, in the modern age, a gas fire pit is always an option. S&S fire pits can accommodate a variety of set ups, so now you just have to consider what your options are for accessorizing your flames. Fire media, an umbrella term for fire glass, fire stones, fire shapes, lava rock, and gas logs, is a decorative add-on that lays on top of a gas burner in your fire pit. Although the choice really comes down to your preference, below are the pros and cons of each style so that you can select the one that is right for your needs.

gas burner

Fire Media Best Practices

Fire media comes in a variety of shapes, sizes, and styles. Its main purpose is to conceal your gas burner and pan from sight. Because fire media lays on top of the burner, the gas is dispersed through the pockets in between each piece rather than concentrated at the burner ports through which they exit from. This helps create a more natural flame pattern.

Fire media is compatible for use with natural gas or propane fire pits only. They are not designed for use in wood-burning fire features and should never be combined with wood. It is also essential that your fire pit has adequate ventilation. Oxygen is required for combustion, so using fire media incorrectly can cause heat and gas to build up within your fire pit, which can result in damage to person and property. Always make sure to follow the instructions listed in the owner’s manual on safe placement of media.

No matter what fire media you use, if your gas fire pit has been exposed to moisture or rain, it is always important to inspect if the fire media is completely dry prior to lighting it. You should never light your fire pit when the fire media is wet because water can expand when heated and may cause it to crack, pop, or burst. We also recommend taking some protective measures, such as using a snug snuffer lid, to help keep your burner and fire media as dry as possible.

If you opt for fire glass or lava rock, it’s a good rule of thumb to cover your burner with no more than a 1-inch layer to ensure the flames receive adequate oxygen for optimal airflow, especially if your fire pit is running on propane. If you are using fire stones or fireballs, you would still use about an inch of lava rock then place your fire stones or fireballs over on top.

Types of Fire Media

Gas Logs

Perhaps it’s the comfort of a crackling campfire surrounded by trees or the coziness of a hearth inside a cabin, but there’s just something about gas logs that makes it a tried and true option for gas fire pits. This classic accessory allows you to maintain the beloved traditional style but with a modern twist of convenience. With their detailed design, gas logs offer an authentic appeal of wood logs but without the mess. Compared to real wood burning logs, gas logs will not burn or emit any ash or embers as they, for the most part, are made from ceramic or concrete. Our version is made from steel and is designed to look highly realistic. The steel means the logs will last just as long as your S&S fire pit, and they will emit radiant heat that will keep you warm, even after you let the fire die down. Since they are custom-built to work with our pits, there is no need to buy a separate burner or line the base with another material like lava rock.

Fire Glass

Fire glass is a translucent, jewel-like media made of tempered glass that is heat-treated for use in gas fire features. Designed to radiate heat and never melt, discolor, or produce any smoke, this type of media is offered in an array of colors, styles, shapes, and sizes. From reflective-coated options that will add a hypnotizing luster and panache, to broken and diamond edges that’ll add a unique texture against the flames, fire glass is certain to accentuate your gas fire pit with a modern touch without making the burner too cluttered. However, depending on how often you use your fire pit, one thing to keep in mind is that fire glass requires a little bit of maintenance. With a little TLC, it will take as little as 15 minutes to remove any dirt and debris with water.

Fire Stones

If fire glass is just simply not for you, fire stones are a great alternative for homes with modern, contemporary styles. As the name implies, this type of media sports a smooth surface that mimics the look of river rock. Yet unlike their genuine counterparts, these pieces will not pop under extreme temperatures as they are made from heat-resistant ceramic. They are offered in natural shades if you prefer a more neutral look or an assortment of vibrant colors if you are looking for something livelier. However, remember that some soot will be more noticeable on lighter colors than on darker colors. Another thing to consider is that some fire stones require lava rock filler as the base, so you may have to make an additional purchase on top of your fire stones.

Fire Shapes

Fire shapes are another great fire glass alternative if you are seeking something more contemporary. Like fire stones, fire shapes are also made from a heat resistant ceramic material that ensures they can withstand extreme temperatures. Whether it is the simple, smooth design of fire balls or the fun, whimsical design of geometric outlines you prefer, there is a shape for everyone. Depending on the style, fire shapes can be positioned on top of one another to create the appearance of a fuller flame. But you will also want to keep in mind that soot marks may appear more noticeably on lighter colors.

Lava Rock

Lava rock is a timeless option for gas fire pits. This naturally-formed mineral’s porous composition promotes better air circulation for your gas fire feature and does a wonderful job of retaining heat. Though rough and coarse by nature, lava is also offered in a tumbled style that removes the sharp, harsh edges and makes it smooth if you are a fan of the polished, modern or transitional look. Because it is an organic material, sizes and colors will vary from each batch. From large chunks that make for great standalone fillers to tiny granules that serve as the perfect base layer for fire stones and fire shapes, lava rocks offer quite an amount of versatility.

Unlike other fire media that is offered in various shades, lava rock’s brownish-black or deep red complexion is the standard. But this can be of benefit since the dark tones are better adept to masking unwanted soot marks, making it relatively maintenance-free. Keep in mind that because lava rock does fade over time, it will need to be replaced in the future.

 

 

Posted on

What Materials Can You Burn in a Fire Pit?

Nothing beats building a roaring bonfire on a crisp winter evening. There is something very nostalgic and comforting about the rich smell of smoke from the wood, the gentle crackle of the popping embers, and, of course, the delicious taste of freshly roasted marshmallows. Nights like these are truly the stuff that great memories are made of. But does the fun have to be over once the log pile dwindles? It is very tempting to look around for alternative materials to keep the fire burning, but there are some materials that should never be used as fuel in your backyard fire pit. Read on below and we will tell you which materials to avoid and which materials you can burn safely in your SS fire pit in a pinch.

Pile of Dry Firewood Logs

Materials You Should Never Burn in Your Wood-Burning Fire Pit

  1. Plastic: Plastic is everywhere and has a tendency to collect in our homes. Burning it may seem like a convenient way to get rid of those old containers that have been piling up in your recycling bin. However, when burned, plastic can release a variety of chemical fumes that are toxic to humans. Not only are these fumes harmful for your health, they are also bad for the environment. Plus, melted plastic is difficult to remove and may damage your fire pit in the process. Instead of burning them, find new ways to repurpose your plastic bottles and containers or take them to your local recycling center.
  1. Treated/Painted Wood: Why is burning treated or painted wood so bad, you might ask? It is wood, after all. This may be true, but treated and painted wood products are covered with a variety of chemicals to prevent the wood from rotting or to color the material. Like plastic, burning these items can release toxic fumes into the air. Depending on how old the wooden item is, it might even contain arsenic. If you are confident that the lumber left over from your latest woodworking project is untreated, go ahead and toss it on the fire, but if there is any doubt whether the wood might have been treated or painted, toss it onto the scrap heap instead.
  1. Trash: It can be quite tempting to simply get rid of your trash by starting a fire, but burning trash is actually quite dangerous. Not only is burning trash illegal in many areas, burning trash can also release toxic chemicals into the air as well as large amounts of black smoke and a nasty smell. Plus, throwing a bag of trash onto the fire without checking what is inside first can lead to dangerous scenarios if it contains something combustible.
  1. Cardboard and Paper: At first glance, cardboard and paper may seem fairly safe to burn, but you may not realize that burning them can create huge flakes of smoldering ash and release them into the air. If one of these flakes were to land in the wrong place, it could lead to injuries or potentially light other objects on fire. Brightly colored paper goods, such magazines or wrapping paper, also contain a lot of ink, which can release harmful chemicals into the air when burned. It is better to simply recycle or discard these materials.
  1. Poison Ivy, Poison Oak, or Sumac: If you spend a lot of time outdoors, you may be all too familiar with these pesky plants. These species contain oils that can cause an irritating rash when they come in contact with your skin. Burning these plants also releases those same oils into the air, which can lead to respiratory problems, lung irritation, and other allergic reactions. If you are unsure of what to look out for when considering burning the local foliage, poisonous plants can be identified by glossy green leaves (typically coming in groups of three), white or yellow berries, or a milky sap substance. Try to avoid any plants that match this description, both in the woods and in your fire pit.
  1. Accelerants: Products, such as lighter fluid or gasoline, may seem convenient, as they allow you to light up a fire quickly, but using these materials can be extremely dangerous. Accelerants are unpredictable and can cause a fire to quickly flare up beyond your control. Additionally, they can lead to explosions. You are better off starting a fire the old-fashioned way with firewood and kindling. It may take a little extra time and effort, but your work will be rewarded by a safe and pleasantly-scented fire.
  1. Green or Soft Wood: Unlike the other items on this list, burning green or soft wood is actually not dangerous or damaging to your health. However, it does have a tendency to produce large amounts of smoke that will make it very unpleasant to sit around the fire. It also often does not burn well or evenly and can be difficult to catch or ignite.

Things You Can Burn in Your Backyard Fire Pit Other Than Wood

Now that you know which materials to avoid, there are also several alternatives to wood that you can safely use in your fire pit.

  1. Wood Bricks: Wood bricks are made from recycled sawdust and woodchips that have been compacted into a brick shape and dried in a kiln. These bricks are easy to store and burn cleanly, making them a great option for roasting marshmallows and hot dogs or other cooking.
  1. Wood Pellets: Similar to wood bricks, wood pellets are also created from recycled sawdust and are rolled into small pellets. These pellets can also be easily stored in a bag and create less char than firewood. Unless you have a fire pit that is designed to accommodate wood pellets, such as ours, you will need to use a metal basket to store the pellets inside the fire pit as they burn.
  1. Switchgrass and Soy Logs: Another non-wood option is switchgrass and soy logs. These logs are a 50% blend of soybeans and switchgrass, using natural wax as a binder. These logs are safe to burn and do not leave any residue in your fire pit. Plus, it leaves a sweet scent as it burns.
  1. Recycled Coffee Grounds: A surprising fuel option for your fire pit is old coffee grounds. Burning these coffee grounds will mix things up by giving your fire a faint coffee scent, as well as help keep materials out of landfills.

 

Whether you choose traditional firewood or one of the recommended alternatives, safety is the most important thing when building a fire. In addition to choosing the correct materials to fuel your fire pit, being aware of a few simple safety tips will ensure that everyone enjoys their time spent around the fire. Using appropriate fire materials will also help ensure your S&S fire pit and the rest of your backyard or patio space stays in good condition for many years to come. With so many options available, you are sure to find the optimal materials for you to fuel your fire pit and keep the fun going for hours.

Posted on

Safety Protocols for Open Fires at Home

Long before you light the first match for your outdoor fire, you need to check with your local authorities to see what types of fires are permitted where you live. You are likely to find that the vast majority of municipalities have their own rules, regulations, and guidelines with regard to the different types of open fires, fire pits, and burn barrels you are allowed to use in your backyard. Open fire safety rules cover many things, including the following:

  • The type of fire pit or burn barrel you can use
  • The size of your fire pit, fire ring, or burn barrel you can use
  • The types of materials you may and may not burn
  • The times of year you can have an open fire in your backyard
  • The times of day you can burn
  • Whether or not you need a permit

To learn how to be a responsible fire pit owner and not fall afoul of the rules, read on to understand more about having fires at home legally and responsibly.

Different Types of Backyard FiresThere are different types of open fires, each of which has a different purpose, but all of which you may find yourself using at some point. Each of these types of outdoor fire has its own set of open fire rules and safety requirements ranging from what you can burn to the type of container or fire ring you can use to burn them.

  • The Recreational Fire: This category includes bonfires, campfires, and any type of backyard fire burning in a fire pit.  These are among the most heavily regulated in some cities, and conversely among the least in others. Typically, these fires burn wood and are short term in duration. Most people light these fires early in the evening and then let them burn low before going out at the end of the evening. Unfortunately, they are among the most abused as people tend to make them too big or fail to fully extinguish them when it is time to go in.
  • Leaf and Yard Waste Fires: Many people who have large gardens and yards will burn their leaves and yard waste in a bonfire. This type of fire is particularly prevalent in areas where there are no scheduled leaf and yard waste pickups. While this is a great way to get rid of your yard waste, most cities have very specific regulations regarding placement of this type of fire. Leaf and waste fires tend to be extremely smoky, making them a nuisance to your neighbors and any surrounding business. Because of this, you may be limited to certain days of the week or times of day when you can burn your yard waste.
  • Cooking Fires: Most cities will allow you to have a cooking fire in your yard for the purpose of preparing your own foods, and preparing meals for a party or event. These fires are typically used for cooking foods such as hamburgers, hotdogs, game meat, and whole pigs. Since these fires tend to be small in nature they are easy to control and short term in duration.
  • Heat Fires: In most cases, you will not be required to have a permit or license if you plan to use any type of space heater or salamander to provide heat outdoors. These devices can be used to provide heat for outdoor events, those who are working outside, or to heat buildings which are under construction. Since they are not open fires, they are fully contained and relatively safe to use.

Your Responsibilities as a Fire Pit Owner

If you are going to have any type of open fire, there are a number of responsibilities of which you must be aware. At the same time, there are a few courtesies you should show your neighbors to reduce the chances of them becoming upset. Since any type of open fire can cause smoke, odor, floating debris, and the risk of spreading fire, observe the following any time you plan to have an open fire in your backyard:

  • Burn only approved materials
  • Avoid toxic materials or those that can create toxic byproducts when burnt
  • Never burn when the wind will blow any smoke into your neighbor’s homes
  • Obtain a license when required
  • Burn only during approved times and months
  • Never leave your fire unattended no matter how well contained
  • Always fully extinguish your fire and spread the ashes to cool

What Can Happen if You Do Not Follow the Rules

Since practically every municipality has open fire safety rules and  regulations regarding outdoor fires, it only stands to reason that they also have a number of penalties for those who fail to follow them. These rules have been created to help ensure that everyone will do their best to have a safe fire, but that their fire does not cause any type of collateral damage or nuisance to anyone around your fire. Among the most common penalties are:

  • Citations
  • Fines
  • Bills for calling out the fire department
  • Bills for damage caused by your fire
  • Loss of your permit or license to burn.

As long as you obtain any necessary permits or licenses and follow all of the published guidelines, you should be able to have a very successful and safe fire. Take the time to prepare your burn site very carefully and ensure there is not any burnable vegetation in the area. Be sure to have a garden hose or fire extinguisher on hand just in case your fire tries to get out of control. Remember to completely extinguish your fire before leaving it to ensure it never has a chance to cause a wildfire. Your family and your neighbors are sure to appreciate all of your efforts.

 

A fire pit is the perfect solution to create outdoor ambiance and a fish point for your backyard space. But owning a fire pit is also a great responsibility. Enjoy your fire pit responsibly, and you should have no trouble. If you do, you will be completely prepared to handle and mitigate the situation.

 

Posted on

How to Be a Responsible Fire Pit Owner

Few activities in the outdoors are quite as satisfying and comforting as sitting around a fire pit with friends and family. But before you light up a blaze, take some time to reacquaint yourself with the basics of backyard fire safety. From establishing the correct placement for your fire pit, to identifying the types of wood you should never burn, there are several rules to know and share with those who gather around the fire for seasonal fun all year round. Read on for our tips on using your fire pit responsibly.

Check the Direction of the Wind

Before you start up a blaze in your fire pit, check the local weather forecast. Do not use your fire pit on unusually windy days, as the wind can make it hard to light the kindling and could blow sparks to surrounding brush or structures, potentially starting a fire. Also, always check the direction of the wind before you start your fire. Advise guests to sit on the upwind side of the pit to keep clear of the smoke. If you have a portable fire pit, like one of our many great options, consider moving it to a location with a natural windbreak—before you light the fire. One of the perks of a movable fire pit is that you can play around with location and potentially get more safe use out of it than if you were confined to a single location.

Build a Fire in the Open Fire Pit

Never light your fire pit when it is underneath the overhang of a building or beneath trees, and keep the immediate area around the pit clear of yard waste and other flammable materials. Wayward sparks can blow out of the fire and ignite nearby structures, dry wood, leaves, or other debris, and you could end up with a fire emergency.

Do Not Burn Construction Lumber

To fuel your fire, go ahead and use the branches you sawed off that damaged oak tree after last winter’s storms or buy seasoned hardwood kindling and logs. You can also use softwoods like pine, but you should know that they burn less efficiently and can give off more sparks and smoke than harder woods, leading to a less pleasant evening by the fire. However, you should never burn construction materials like plywood, MDF, pressure-treated boards and posts, or chemically treated wood pallets. Construction lumber is treated with chemical resins, adhesives, and other substances that emit toxic fumes when burned—definitely not what you want to be inhaling (or eating) with your roasted marshmallows!

Be Ready to Extinguish the Flames

Fire can be unifying and magical. It attracts people to its warmth and light and infuses outdoor gatherings with joy and romance. But it can also be an unpredictable, destructive force. If you’ have set your fire pit in a safe location and taken the speed and direction of the wind into account, you probably will not encounter any serious problems. But you should always keep a shovel and water at hand, just in case. In an emergency, you can use the water to quench the fire and the shovel to smother the flames by throwing dirt on them. You may also want to invest in a fire blanket, which can be used to smother a blaze in or outside the fire pit or, in the worst-case scenario, on one of your guests. And be sure to teach kids to “stop, drop, and roll,” in the event that their clothes catch fire. You may never need any of these safety measures, but without them, a fun evening could end in tragedy.

Keep Chairs Away from the Fire Pit

Everyone knows to be careful around a fire pit, campfire, or chiminea, but in the heat of a s’mores session, folks may inch a little too close to the flames, and that is the prime moment when hair, clothes, or other materials can catch fire. Keep chairs at a safe distance from the fire pit, and make sure your sleeves are rolled up and hair tied back when you are tending a fire or roasting food over an open flame. If your fire pit has a screen, be sure to always use it.

Never Leave a Fire Pit Unattended

Even after a fire has died down and only glowing embers remain, do not leave it unattended—not even to dash into the house for a beverage or bathroom break. If you must leave, deputize a responsible party to stay with the fire, or extinguish the fire completely before leaving the scene. While tiny flames may seem innocuous, they are still a potential threat to your safety. After all, fires that were not quite all the way extinguished have been responsible for some of the most severe wildfires in U.S. history. When you are done with your evening festivities, you should pour water over live embers, and turn logs to make sure all sides of the wood have stopped burning before you call it a night. If you have a cover for your pit, you should always put it on when you are done, and make sure it is completely sealed. This will cut off the oxygen supply and help smother any lingering sources of flame that could reignite a roaring blaze.

Drink Responsibly When Near the Fire Pit

Fire and alcohol do not mix. Not only is alcohol flammable, but overindulgence in alcohol impairs coordination, judgment, and reflexes, which could result in injuries to anyone gathered around the perimeter of a fire. If you or your guests are going to drink by an open fire, do so in moderation. Keep everybody a safe distance from the flames, and be ready to douse the fire in case of any alcohol-induced mishaps.

Heed No-Burn Alerts

When high emissions and weather conditions combine to increase fine particulate pollution to an unhealthy level, some municipalities issue no-burn alerts to protect local air quality. Noncompliance with a no-burn order not only puts your community’s health at risk, but could also result in fines. So, before you light the kindling, check to see if there is a no-burn advisory in effect. Respecting the rules of your locality is an important part of being a responsible fire pit user. The experts put these warnings into effect for a reason, and you do not want to be responsible for devastating your local community or public lands because of one mistake at one small party.

Store Firewood Safely

To keep a fire going all evening, you will need to continue feeding it fuel. Take care, though, to keep firewood at a safe distance from the fire pit. You want to feed the fire at your own pace and not have it jump the fire pit and feed itself.

 

A fire is a lovely thing to have, but remember that if you do not keep it in control, you will very quickly lose control of the situation. Of course, do not ever try to be the hero. If a fire at your home or vacation spot ever does get out of control, evacuate the area immediately and call the proper authorities

Posted on

6 Tips to Get the Most Out of a Fire Pit in the Winter

An outdoor fire pit is often considered a summertime luxury. Winter is knocking at our doors, and it will not be long before we take out the winter jackets from the bottom of our drawers and the back of our closets. But before any that happens, we need to make sure that our houses are warm for the upcoming winter. Some people have the tremendous benefit of owning a yard or patio, and, contrary to what some people may think, yards too can be a cozy spot to spend time in even during the coldest season. All of this is provided you have a fire pit, of course. Need some tips on how to stay warm and cozy in your backyard this winter? Starting with the more practical and ending with some fun, here are some useful winter fire pit ideas that will give you the chance to try a different kind of recreation this holiday season.

  1. Use a lid or cover on your fire pit to keep it clear from snow

This is an important step, maybe the most important step, to enjoying a fire outside during the winter. Similar to your grill, you want to keep some type of cover over the main part of your fire pit to prevent snow from collecting inside. A wet base can make it more difficult to start a fire. If you unfortunately left the cover off or have not purchased one yet and there is already snow inside, shovel out as much as you can.

As an alternative, if it is a light and portable fire pit, consider moving it to a covered area, whether under an awning or on your porch (as long as it has cooled down and the embers are no longer active, of course).

  1. Keep your firewood dry or give your gas fire pit a quick once-over

Like we mentioned above, wet can make starting a fire difficult. It is not impossible, but you will end up with more smoke and less flame. Store your firewood in a dry place throughout the winter for quick and easy fire starting. Also, make sure your kindling is dry.

Ensuring the wood is dry will yield warmer, faster results because it increases the surface area and allows room for more oxygen to get to the fire. Additionally, softwoods (wood from coniferous trees such as pines, spruces and firs) typically generate the most heat. Softwoods are also easier to start a fire with.

For a gas fire pit, just give the unit a once-over to make sure nothing is leaking or caked with snow that would prevent it from working properly and safely.

  1. Dig a path to your fire pit

After snowfall, it might be delightful to build a fire to stand around as you build igloos, have snowball fights, and sled the day away. Create a clear path to your fire pit to keep your guests a little warmer than standing in knee-high snow. You can do this when you go to check on the fire pit and set up the scene. For a more festive area, put that snow to good use and build an open igloo around the fire pit for a fun twist to the experience.

Make it even easier to find your way to the fire pit by adding lighting along the patio or pathway. There are many solar lantern options available or string lights in nearby shrubs or trees to create a magical glow in the backyard.

  1. Make sure seating is dry and bring out some blankets

Clear off the seating area of snow if you already have chairs, benches, or other seats around your fire pit. If you can bring already clean chairs over to the area, that might be better as they will not  be as cold and wet. Another festive idea is to use large tree stumps as seats. If you do not mind the cold, you can get creative and build seating made of snow!

Do not forget the blankets. It can help keep guests warm as they take a reprieve near the fire. Store the blankets in a large, plastic tub to keep them from getting wet.

  1. Sit back and enjoy

The fire is built, the family has bundled up, and the fun is being had in the snow. While you are around the fire, bring out the s’more supplies and some hot coffee and cocoa. A fire pit just is not complete without drinks like hot chocolate or Bailey’s and coffee! Prepare thermoses or use insulated cups to keep drinks warm. Just add roasted marshmallows and you are set!

  1. Throw a Party

More bodies mean more heat and warmth, so the more, the merrier when it comes to keeping warm! Having an outdoor fire pit is the perfect way to extend the living space especially for giving guests an extra area to go and relax during parties and other indoor gatherings.

Start a roaring fire in the backyard and make sure to light the pathway to the fire pit well! Create zones for guests to grab hot chocolate, cozy blankets and a roasting marshmallow/s’mores station.

Beat the winter blues by cooking some great foods over the fire reminiscent of summer nights. You can do s’mores, hotdogs, foil meals, sweet potatoes, and any camping food to help get out of a winter slump. A fire pit cooking grill, grate, or tripod is a great accessory to pull out of the shed to do this. Do not forget to keep a warm beverage nearby while cooking.

Wood grates are also another great option to maximize the amount of heat in a pit. These are steel grates that are placed in the bottom of a fire pit to lift the wood up a little and allow more room for oxygen and air circulation.

 

Fire pits do not need to be limited to use in the summertime, the cozy glow of a warm fire can easily be enjoyed year-round, including winter.

Whether you are gathering with friends around a roaring fire in the yard or quietly enjoying an evening around a small fire after the kids go to bed, the frosty winter night can be an outdoor escape if you want it to be, just take a look at all of these great ideas above to make your space extra cozy

Posted on

The Benefits of Wood and Gas Fire Pits

Our fire pits are an attractive and fun addition to any backyard or patio. Choosing the ideal method of ignition, however, involves some careful consideration. Gas and wood are two of the most popular fire pit choices. Below, we will explain the differences between them to help you make a more informed decision on which might be better suited for your outdoor area. 

Photography of Wood Burning on Fire Pit

Fuel and Storage 

Gas fire pits work with liquid propane or natural gas, while wood fire pits require the use of dry wood. Due to having to hold large logs, wood fire pits tend to be larger than gas fire pits. However, with our gas log sets, you can convert a variety of sizes of our fire pits into gas burning. 

Storage is also something to keep in mind. Wood fireplaces need a spot to hold all of the wood. You have to ensure that it stays dry, and it must be away from the home because wood can hold termites. On the other hand, gas fire pits require a storage tank for the gas it needs to run. Companies provide containers from 15 to 100 gallons. Keep in mind that this tank is not going to be anything fancy, so consider a patio design that will hide it. 

Time Needed 

A gas fire pit is much more efficient at lighting and providing continuous heat. There is generally just a button that needs to be pressed to light the flames. On the contrary, a wood fire pit requires the effort of building a fire. Once a larger wood fire is going, it can put off continuous heat for some time until a new log is needed. 

Installation 

Gas fire pits typically are harder to install. Since gas lines need to be run for the fire pit, it requires the use of a professional, and this also means it needs more time to be installed. Luckily, our gas logs are pretty straightforward to set up if you do decide you prefer gas over wood. While wood fire pits can be a DIY project, it is still recommended that a professional build your fire pit for safety reasons. 

However, even with the more complex installation of gas fire pits, they do not require the time you would spend stacking, ordering, seasoning, and carrying all of the wood needed throughout the year for a wood fire pit. Once the gas fire pit is installed, you do not have to do anything else but press a button to start it. 

The installation from professionals differs since a wood fire pit requires only a metal frame, brick or stone underneath, and a far enough distance away from the home or other flammable objects and structures. A gas fire pit has fewer rules to follow, but the gas lines that go to the fire pit have to be installed correctly and out of the way of those walking through the yard. 

Cost 

Another thing to keep in mind is cost. It is usually less expensive to buy, install, and operate a wood fire pit than a gas burning one. With a gas fire pit, you will always have pay for gas fuel to ignite your fire. However, for a wood fire pit, you could theoretically get wood or logs for free, if you are willing to put in a little extra work. 

Maintenance 

Wood fire pits are harder to maintain because they accumulate soot, ash, and wood scraps. This will need to be shoveled out from time to time. Creosote may be an issue with wood when it is burned since it is a tar substance that can leak harmful chemicals into the air. When breathed in, they are not good for the health of those nearby. Additionally, unclean wood fire pits can produce a fire if the embers are not put completely out. 

In comparison, a gas fire pit does not require much maintenance at all. Since it burns clean, with no logs or soot, there is nothing to clean out. The outside of the fire pit can be wiped down, and a cover can be placed over it for when it rains or snows. You will want to check the gas lines from time to time to make sure everything is running safely and smoothly and that the lines are not clogged or need cleaning. 

User Experience 

The experience that a user has with a wood fire pit is much different from that of gas. Gas fire pits do not leave smoky odors on clothes or hair when used. However, wood-burning fire pits have a distinct campfire smell and provide a natural experience with the sound of the logs crackling, which are two reasons why someone would choose wood over gas fire pits. This all just relates to personal preference and the type of ambiance you are trying to create in your outdoor space. 

Safety 

It is always important to have the gas system checked thoroughly for any leaks that might occur. If a leak happens, things can quickly get out of hand. To avoid this situation, keep the fire pit in the best shape and have routine maintenance performed on the gas lines. Wood-burning fire pits also have to be used with caution. Make sure that the fire is completely out each time. It should also be used away from any structures that can catch fire. 

Environmental Concerns 

Wood is a renewable resource that is ideal for the environment, but gas is the cleaner choice. The impact that wood has on the environment is not as good as gas, but this also means that the gas is cleaner and better for users to breathe in, especially those with asthma. The particles from the wood can cause problems for those with breathing issues. Gas fire pits are also always going to be more energy-efficient. Gas burns more cleanly and produces fewer emissions into the atmosphere than wood. 

Resale Value 

Both fire pits can increase the resale value of the home. Not only that, but they can make the home sell faster by providing homeowners with something that they want, without having install it later on. Gas fire pits, because they are more eco-friendly and cleaner, have a higher return on investment. However, wood fire pits provide a beautiful outdoorsy feel. Our fire pits are highly portable, though, so if you want to and are able to take your fire pit to your new home or offer it to a friend who would like one, you can easily do so. 

Permits 

Local ordinances may prohibit open burning within fire pits. Some areas have a burn ban that is in place at certain times of the year. This only covers fire pits that have open, wood-burning flames. Additionally, any fire should be placed away from any structures in the backyard. This must be done to reduce the chances of having a fire that does not stay inside the pit and becomes dangerous. Some areas or neighborhoods may require a permit to have any fire pit on the outside of the property. It is important to check your local laws.

Posted on

Accessories for your Fire Pit: Part 4

Let us set the scene: you have your new, handcrafted fire pit installed and ready for action. You have acquired all of the necessary safety equipment, and you have the all the tools handy that are necessary to use your fire pit effectively, plus some handy extras to make your life easier. Now it is time for the fun part! Every fire pit owner will have a different style and décor envisioned for their backyard getaway. There are so many different ways to use your home fire pit, and there are countless accessories you can get to add the finishing touches to your patio ambiance or to enhance the entertainment value of your fire pit. Keep on reading for some ideas on fun items that can jazz up your next fire pit session or outdoor gathering. 

Person Roasting Marshmallow

1. Fire Pit Cover 

A well-fitting cover for your wood-burning or propane fire pit has both form and function. It will help keep you safe from stray sparks, protect your pit from damage, and can show off your personality and style. The odds are against your fire pit already, especially if it is out in the weather regularly, so it is very important that you keep it clean, dry, and covered. A cover is absolutely one of the key fire pit accessories on this list that will help your fire not only look clean and stylish, but also working in top condition for years to come. 

2. 20 lb Propane Tank 

If you are looking to buy a propane fire pit, know that they typically do not come with the required standard 20 lb propane tank. If you have a gas fire pit already, having an extra or even a few more propane tanks can save the day if you run out of propane during a fire pit gathering. Plus, if you have a propane barbecue grill, you will have an extra tank on hand if there is a need for that, as well. If you do not want to own the tanks, we recommend picking up a few tanks at a time at your local Blue Rhino or Amerigas dealer. That way, you can always have extra on hand and can circulate the tanks as you run out. You will pay a little more upfront, but your new filled tanks will be much cheaper when you trade in the empties for freshly filled ones. 

3. A Way to Play Music 

An easy way to take your fire pit experience up a notch is to add a little music. Whether you are hosting a big backyard bash or having a quiet night in, the right mood music can really set the tone for the evening. For a combination of great sound and convenience, try out some Bluetooth-enabled portable speakers. They are the perfect option for outdoor use. Better yet, you might want to splurge for some speakers with Wi-Fi connectivity that pair with a voice-activated assistant, like Google Assistant or Amazon Alexa, so you can control your music from your phone or by speaking, without ever having to leave the coziness of the fire to adjust the music. Many outdoor options also come with durability features, such as weatherproofing and drop resistance. 

4. Marshmallow Roasting Sticks 

If you like roasting marshmallows over an open fire, then a nice set of roasting sticks can make the job a lot easier, neater, and even safer. If the kids are going to be at your next fire pit gathering, you really can’t go wrong with a set of these skewers. Children, of course, do not always watch where they are pointing sharp objects, and yours are likely no different. If you have young ones around and want to share this time-honored tradition with them, try out a type of marshmallow roasting stick where the sharp ends where the marshmallows go are bent backward like a hook. Take the worry out of the fun times, and no poking the person next to them accidentally (or on purpose, when it comes to siblings). 

5. Fire Pit Popcorn Popper 

This is will be your new favorite cooking implement for making something to eat over the fire pit (and there is little risk of getting poked in the eye in the process). If you are a fan of the old school Jiffy Pop popcorn, you will really appreciate this one. A fire pit popper is basically a handle with a ring on the end that you place your popcorn tin into for cooking over the fire. There is the added benefit of having no greasy mess with butter, no cleanup, and no bowl necessary, so this easy and fun trick is a win all around. Plus, it is exciting to watch and hear those kernels explode as they heat up! 

A fire pit popcorn popper is a lot lighter than your traditional cast iron campfire cookware, and you will have your popcorn quick and with a low chance of burning. There are models where you can simply add the popcorn tin to the popper for the ultimate ease, or there are types where you can add the loose kernels if that is what you prefer. If you do not have a grate or something to rest your popcorn popper on, try to find a version with a telescoping handle.

6. Beverage Cooler 

Having a solid cooler around the fire pit is a definite nice-to-have to keep everything cool and hold a supply of ice for those who want to use it for their drinks. Additionally, it will save you the trouble of having to run inside every five minutes to get drinks for everyone. Look for one with wheels to make it easily transportable – these things can get quite heavy! When choosing a size, think about how many people it is likely to be serving most of the time. Keep in mind that your cooler will stay colder longer when it is fuller. One of the perks of having a home fire pit also means that you can choose an electric model if you like. 

7. Fire Pit Flame Color 

Another fun one for the kids or anyone else in your family that might like a colorful fire is flame color. It is as simple as it sounds. You just drop the color packet unopened in the center of the fire, just like magic, you get a colored flame show that will keep the kids busy for at least as long as the spectacle lasts. They will probably ask for another color after you introduce this one for the first time, so be prepared with multiple packets.

 

This concludes our series on how to accessorize your new (or old) fire pit in both fun and functional ways. As you can see, there are a lot of ways to play with it and make your patio the happening place to be, so have fun with it! As always, please do not hesitate to reach out to us at SS Fire Pits with any questions or if you are looking for advice.

Posted on

Accessories for your Fire Pit: Part 3

Some items you will need for your fire pit are flat out necessary, such as those discussed in Part 1 of this series, which are products used for safety and are not negotiable. In Part 2, we have also written about non-safety items that you need to have in order to operate your fire pit. However, some accessories, while not integral to running your fire pit, are designed just to make your life a lot easier. They are not absolutely necessary, and you can manage without them, but they will make your fire pit experience go a lot smoother and it will be much more enjoyable and carefree. In this part of the series, we will talk about all those bonus accessories that are nice to have as extras as a fire pit owner.

 

1. High-Quality Fireglass or Firerock

For a propane or natural gas fire pit, you will want some good quality fireglass or rock to line your fire pit. Many propane fire pits often come with low-quality fire pit beads in the traditional clear color. This may or may not be the look you want, but in many cases, if the fire pit is not from a reputable vendor, the glass beads can include broken pieces with sharp edges that can cut you when you move it with bare hands (another place for your new fire pit gloves to come in handy).

Additionally, many propane or natural gas fire pits come with lava rock as an alternative to fireglass. While lava rock performs well as a low-cost retainer and distributor of heat, it too might not be the style you are going for in your backyard gas fire pit, depending on your taste. While lava rock does do a good job at what it is intended for, it is not the most interesting to look at and does not stand out at night, lacking the shimmer and color options of the wide variety of fireglass choices on the market today.

If you are planning to build a propane or natural gas fire pit or have one already installed, or even if you just want to try out a new decorative scheme or backyard ambience with your current fire pit media, look for quality tempered fireglass that will not crack or shatter and will hold up to constant heat exposure and weather.

Check with your local outdoor or fire pit specially store to discuss what type, size, and color fireglass you are looking for and explore your options before you buy. The fireglass market is huge and you want to get a good understanding of what is out there. If you want something truly unique and special, consider trying out one of our custom steel gas log sets. This gives the rustic and cozy appearance of using natural wood to fuel your fire pit, without the effort of actually acquiring wood and building a fire each time.

2. Seating for your Fire Pit Area

If you are looking for seating that can be brought out and put away each time you have a gathering around the fire pit, folding chairs are an excellent option. Everyday metal folding chairs will do, but for something a little more comfortable and sturdy (and designed for the outdoors already), another choice to opt for is a set of nice camping chairs. These come in a range of options from basic to more luxurious with extra bells and whistles, such as cup holders, pockets, and extra padding, so you can cater your seating to any type of style or gathering. Best of all, when you are done, you simply fold everything up and put it away in a canvas or nylon bag that comes with it for easy storage.

Of course, if you prefer something more permanent that you do not have to set up each time and have a dedicated place in your yard for it, there are lots of gorgeous and affordable patio sets on the market for every taste and style.

3. Natural Mosquito Repellents

If you live in a buggy area, the great thing about owning a fire pit is that it can be its own method to ward off pesky biting pests during an evening spent outdoors. You could try burning pinyon (or piñion) firewood. Flying insects of all kinds, especially mosquitoes, do not like the smell it gives off when burned and stay away. It is somewhat localized to the U.S. Southwest, but you can search for it though online and specialty retailers, and it will really do the trick.

Additionally, the smoke from burning sage or rosemary will help keep mosquitoes away, as well. Be sure that you do not use the dry ground up stuff found in your pantry – it has to be fresh sage or rosemary. Buy either herb in bunches at your local supermarket and throw a little on the fire throughout the entire time you are outside.

If you do not feel like keeping fresh herbs on hand to keep mosquitoes at bay during your next fire pit burn, there are also other burn-in products available that are specially made for this purpose that you can keep on hand for when you need it. These products are usually made from recycled wood or other burnable material that has been treated with citronella, citrus, geranium, thyme, peppermint, cinnamon, rosemary and/or lemongrass, which are all things mosquitoes are not fond of.

4. Firewood Carrier

Once you have split and stacked your firewood, you will need something to keep the number of trips to the woodpile to a minimum. A good waxed canvas firewood carrier can help you carry more logs comfortably and keep you clean in the process from not having to carry a stack in your arms.

5. Propane Tank Stand

If you have a gas fire pit and its propane tank is not stored inside the fire pit unit itself, a stand can be a very useful tool for keeping it upright and out of the way while in use, in storage, or in transit. Further, if your propane tank is regularly left out in the elements, a tank stand will keep rust rings from forming on your wood or concrete patio. It is a very small investment for a lot of payoff. Rust rings can be a real pain to get off stone or cement once they have formed.

6. Fire Pit Heat Deflector

It is no secret propane and natural gas fire pits do not give off quite as much heat as their wood-burning counterparts, so being able to channel that heat exactly where you want it makes your gas fire pit that much more functional and useful. This is where a fire pit heat deflector comes in handy.

A fire pit heat deflector is essentially a square or round heat shield, positioned above your fire pit to vector heat outward where you want it, thus having it disappear vertically where it does the least good for everyone nearby. Additionally, if you are using your gas fire pit under an overhead covered structure, such as a gazebo or a pergola, a heat deflector will minimize the long-term effects of regular heat exposure on those structures. If you have a longer, rectangular shaped gas fire pit, multiple heat deflectors can be used side by side to cover the entire burner pan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Posted on

Accessories for your Fire Pit: Part 2

What good is having a fire pit if you can’t use it to its full potential? That is where all the fun accessories come in! In our last post in this series, we focused on items that are absolute must-haves and non-negotiable for operating your fire pit safely and being prepared for any scenario. In part 2 of this series, we will discuss the various items you need that will make your home fire pit experience easier and will ensure everything runs smoothly. Read on to learn more about the accessories you need to use your fire pit effectively.

 

 

1. Pair of Fire Pit Tongs

This one likely does not need a lot of explanation, but having a good set of solid fire pit tongs can be a big help when moving firewood around or to your fire pit safely, especially when you are trying to add wood to a specific spot in a hot fire. Tongs can help you do all of that with less risk to yourself or your clothing, and as you know by now, safety is paramount when it comes to fire pit use. There are a lot of cheap flimsy options out there, so do your homework. Check out a pair at your local fire pit/fireplace specialty store and actually pick them up and handle them, or go with a trustworthy, well-made option like our handcrafted fire pit log tongs.

2. Fire Pit Poker

This is another pretty common fire pit tool. Having a poker on hand is great for repositioning wood already in the fire pit. If you are adding wood and trying to avoid having your stack collapse under the weight of what is being added, being able to safely move wood around to a better location without getting too close to the heat source is a must. However, the main problem with traditional pokers, like the ones used in fireplaces, is their length. Most fireplaces are not particularly deep, and the need for a long poker just is not there.

Wood-burning fire pits, on the other hand, are getting larger and larger as demand grows, and the need for longer pokers to get good there, while maintaining some distance, is growing with it. When shopping for a fire pit poker, try to pick up the longest option you can find. Most fire pit pokers generally come in the 25 to 45 in. range. If you are able, shoot for a poker that has a combination of length and light weight to minimize fatigue when moving wood around your fire pit while still allowing you to keep your distance. A solid but lightweight option is our fire poker with ball. It is even stylish, with a lovely decorative touch!

3. Heat-Resistant Gloves

On occasion, you may need to move your portable fire pit a few inches over for one reason or another while it is in use, or you might need to handle the spark screen when adding firewood. Like most people, you probably do not enjoy burning your hands, so it is a good idea to keep at least one heat-resistant glove in your pocket or nearby and handy when using your fire pit. Having a pair of gloves is quite nice, especially when you need to lend one to someone who is helping you out with maintaining the fire or cooking over it.

Like most accessories on this list, there is a range of options you can choose from. Splurging for the pricier gloves may seem like overkill, but the confidence you gain knowing you will not get burned when you use them to touch something hot will be well worth it. There are some slightly cheaper options out there, but just make sure you are getting what you pay for and that they are properly rated for the temperatures you will be handling.

4. Homemade Fire Starters

Save your newspaper for your wood-burning fire pit, just like you would for a fireplace! It is a cheap and easily accessible for starter and does a pretty good job getting the kindling started. Once your initial firewood stack is ready, just loosely ball up a couple of pages of newspaper and stuff them into pockets of space at the base of the stack. Light when you are ready – it is as simple as that.

Another cheap and very effective tool in getting fire pit fires started is using toilet paper rolls stuffed with dryer lint. Dryer lint lights very easily and burns quickly, lighting the paper in the roll, which lights your kindling and so forth. You can probably get creative with other types of fire starters you can find around the house, but always make sure you use a material that is safe to burn and will not cause any toxic fumes or other hazardous situations.

Of course there is nothing like cheap or free for effective fire pit accessories, but sometimes it makes more sense to spend a little more and save some time with a purchased product. There are a number of commercially available fire starter products on the market if you do not want to bother with the suggestions above. Most are made from cedar or fatwood shavings and some sort of wax binder.

5. Lighter or Fire Steel

You know that cheap disposable plastic utility or barbecue lighter that you keep hanging around in the junk drawer in your kitchen? The one you have to try to light several times before it produces a flame and whose spark blows out in the slightest of breezes? Believe it or not, there are better options out there for lighting your fire. If you are not using a windproof butane or electric arc lighter to light your fire pit, you are missing out on making your life a whole lot easier. When they work as they were designed to, they can’t be beaten for performance. Electric arc lighters are easy to operate, do not need too be refilled with gas, and are cool to look at, but be warned that if you have a dog or are considering getting one, they typically do not like the high-pitch sound arc lighters can make and may start barking in response. In this case, you may want to opt for a windproof butane lighter instead.

If you are a little more traditional, a fire steel or ferro rod, is a solid choice as you will not need to fill it with butane or charge its battery – it always works out of the box.

6. Firewood Ash Bucket

When cleaning out your wood-burning fire pit the day after a burn or removing hot ash from the fire pit during or after a fire, having a solid firewood ash bucket on hand is a definitive must-have. Whatever the situation, an ash bucket is a safe, clean, and durable option designed for storing your ash until disposal or use for other purposes.

It is important to choose a durable option. Look for features such as a double bottom to avoid burn through and galvanize iron which means it will be more resistant to rust while handling whatever heat is thrown at it. You will also need something to scoop the ash with. Try our handcrafted ash shovels, which are made from recycled 55 gallon drums. The curve of the handle follows the curve of our pits making it easy to scoop out your ashes.

Posted on

Accessories for your Fire Pit: Part 1

Whether you already own a fire pit or are seeking to purchase your first, this article series is for you. It is not difficult to have a good time with just a fire pit and some firewood (or gas) and call it a day, but having the correct fire pit accessories may elevate the experience. In fact, some are just plain necessary. That is why we will be starting this series with key accessories you should acquire in order to make sure you and your loved ones have the safest experience possible when using your fire pit. You would not want a magical evening filled with memories to be marred by a disaster you were unprepared for, so it is important to plan ahead. 

The following fire pit additions are tied to safety and are therefore “must-haves,” as opposed to others types of accessories that simply make things more enjoyable or easier and enhance your evening. It is impossible to have a good time without safety! Read on to learn more about what items you should keep on hand to be fully prepared when using your fire pit in Part 1 of this series on fire pit accessories. 

Red Fire Extinguisher Against Wall

Keep a Water Supply or Fire Extinguisher for Emergencies Nearby 

A convenient source of water is one of the most critical fire pit accessories you should have around your backyard fire pit, in terms of safety. It is not something most people consider until they are in a situation where they need it. A dedicated bucket of water, a turned-on and ready garden hose, or a fire extinguisher can mean the difference between people being hurt and property being damaged or an exciting but harmless story to recount to your friends later. 

Any old metal or plastic bucket will suffice; just make sure it can hold water, is filled, and is placed in a secure location where it is not in danger of being tipped over. Choose a location that is out of the way but readily accessible in a matter of seconds – you may not have much time in an emergency. 

The same goes for a garden hose. If that is your main water source for outside of your home, it should be kept wherever you can get to it quickly, in case of an emergency. Make sure the hose is long enough to reach the area around your fire pit and has a working nozzle that will be effective should you need it for any reason. 

The gold standard for fire safety, of course, is the fire extinguisher. Having one of these around is a good idea for your home in general, but if you have a fire pit, you may want to consider keeping one outside for quick use if necessary. If you decide to get one, check the pressure gauge on a fire extinguisher as soon as you purchase it (or preferably in the store) to make sure it is pressurized. 

If you come home or have your fire extinguisher delivered and discover it is not pressurized, return it right away and replace it with one that is. If you see a home-use fire extinguisher without a gauge, keep looking because the only way to know if it is pressurized is to discharge it, which is obviously not an option until you need it, and by then it will be too late. 

These fire pit accessories are a definite safety must-have, whether you use a bucket, a hose, or a fire extinguisher. Please consider using one of them during your next bonfire. 

Have a Stocked First Aid Kit Handy 

There will be times around the fire pit and in the backyard in general, especially when children are around, when someone requires care for a minor burn, bug bites, a splinter from firewood, a skinned knee, etc. Having a good first aid kit on hand is something that many people overlook until they wish they had it. Ideally, if you can find a kit that is OSHAANSI, and FDA compliant, which means it is compliant with current federal occupational safety and health standards, as well as standards set by international standards organizations, you know you are well-stocked for most minor injuries you may see in the home. 

You might want to opt for a kit that is packed in a hard, compartmented case that keeps everything in place, rather than one in which everything is usually jumbled in a zip-up canvas or nylon case. That way, you will be able to find what need easily when you need it. The zip cases also often come with the items in throwaway plastic pouches that can’t seal once opened. 

You also probably will want to find a kit that includes things like cold compresses and burn cream, as these can come in handy around a fire pit. Hopefully, you will not ever need to use them, but if you do, it is better to have them than not.  

Shield your Fire Pit with a Spark Screen 

Stray sparks from a wood-burning fire pit are unpleasant for everyone in the vicinity, and they can be dangerous if they come into contact with something flammable. When firewood is heated, pockets of moisture and gas can cause popping and sparking. A spark screen placed over your fire pit will keep the sparks from landing on your lap or patio. 

If the manufacturer of your fire pit makes a spark screen or suggests a specific solution for your model, you may consider going that route. We also carry a range of fantastic options and sizes between 30 and 42 inches in diameter in our shop, such as the 30″ Dome Lift Off Fire Pit Screen in Carbon Steel or its counterpart, the Dome Pivot Fire Pit Screen, which allows you to open the screen on one side via a hinge, rather than having to remove the entire cover each time you want to add wood to the fire. Consult us or your local hardware or outdoor supply store if you need help with determining fit. 

Ensure your Fire is Out with a Fire Pit Snuffer 

A fire pit snuffer is one of the simplest and safest ways to put out a fire in a wood-burning fire pit. For those new to owning a fire pit, a snuffer is a round or square metal plate, typically with handles, that is placed over the opening of your fire pit to cut off the supply of oxygen to the fire, therefore extinguishing it. This is a much better and safer choice than putting out the fire with water or sand, or letting it burn out naturally. 

Even after the fire is out, the metal surfaces and embers within will still be quite hot, so proceed with caution after using a snuffer. Again, you may choose to go with a snuffer made or recommended by your manufacturer, or you can choose from our handcrafted snuffer lids. They are beautifully built from solid steel and can put out a fire in five minutes or less. Add a coat of high-temperature paint and your snuffer lid can double as small outdoor table! 

 

Keep an eye out for Part 2 in this series for more accessory ideas, where we will start to get into the fun options!

Posted on

Staying Safe While Using Your Fire Pit

Few joys scream summer like sitting around a fire pit with friends and family. But before you light up a blazing fire, take some time to reacquaint yourself with the basics of backyard fire safety. From establishing the correct placement for your fire pit, to identifying the types of wood you should never burn, there are several rules to know and share with those who gather around the fire for seasonal fun. 

 

Check the Wind Conditions 

 Before you start up a blaze in your fire pit, check the local weather forecast. Don’t use your fire pit on unusually windy days, as the wind can make it hard to light the kindling and could blow sparks to surrounding brush or structures, potentially starting a fire. Also, always check the direction of the wind before you start your fire. Advise guests to sit on the upwind side of the pit to keep clear of the smoke. If you have a portable fire pit, consider moving it to a location with a natural windbreak—before you light the fire. 

 

Build the Fire in the Open 

Never light your fire pit when it’s underneath the overhang of a building or beneath trees, and keep the immediate area around the pit clear of yard waste and other flammable materials. Wayward sparks can blow out of the fire and ignite nearby structures, dry wood, leaves, or other debris, and you could end up with a fire emergency.  

 

Don’t Burn Construction Lumber 

To fuel your fire, go ahead and use the branches you sawed off that damaged oak tree after last winter’s storms, or buy seasoned hardwood kindling and logs. You can also use softwoods like pine, but know that they burn less efficiently and can give off more sparks and smoke than harder woods, leading to a less pleasant evening by the fire. But you should never burn construction materials like plywood, MDF, pressure-treated boards and posts, or chemically treated wood pallets. Construction lumber is treated with chemical resins, adhesives, and other substances that emit toxic fumes when burned—definitely not what you want to be inhaling (or eating) with your roasted marshmallows. 

 

Be Ready to Extinguish the Flames 

Fire can be unifying and magical. It attracts people to its warmth and light and infuses outdoor gatherings with joy and romance. But it can also be an unpredictable, destructive force. If you’ve set your fire pit in a safe location and taken the speed and direction of the wind into account, you probably won’t encounter any serious problems. But you should always keep a shovel and water at hand, just in case. In an emergency, you can use the water to quench the fire and the shovel to smother the flames by throwing dirt on them. You may also want to invest in a fire blanket, which can be used to smother a blaze in or outside the fire pit, or (worst-case scenario) on one of your guests. And be sure to teach kids to “stop, drop, and roll” in the event that their clothes catch fire. You may never need any of these safety measures, but without them a fun evening could end in tragedy. 

 

Keep Chairs Away from the Fire 

Everyone knows to be careful around a fire pit, campfire, or chiminea, but in the heat of a s’mores session, folks may inch a little too close to the flames, and that’s when hair, clothes, or other materials can catch fire. Keep chairs at a safe remove from the fire pit, and make sure your sleeves are rolled up and hair tied back when you’re tending a fire or roasting food over an open flame. If your fire pit has a screen, use it. 

 

Never Leave a Fire Unattended 

Even after a fire has died down and only glowing embers remain, do not leave it unattended—not even to dash into the house for a beverage or bathroom break. If you must leave, deputize a responsible party to stay with the fire, or extinguish the fire completely before leaving the scene. While tiny flames may seem innocuous, they’re still a potential threat to your safety—after all, almost-extinguished fires have been responsible for some of the most severe wildfires in U.S. history. Pour water over live embers, and turn logs to make sure all sides of the wood have stopped burning before you call it a night. 

 

Drink Responsibly 

Fire and alcohol don’t mix. Not only is alcohol flammable, but overindulgence in alcohol impairs coordination, judgment, and reflexes, which could result in injuries to anyone gathered around the perimeter of a fire. If you or your guests are going to drink by an open fire, do so in moderation. Keep everybody a safe distance from the flames, and be ready to douse the fire in case of any alcohol-induced mishaps. 

 

Heed No-Burn Alerts 

When high emissions and weather conditions combine to increase fine particulate pollution to an unhealthy level, some municipalities issue no-burn alerts to protect local air quality. Noncompliance with a no-burn order not only puts your community’s health at risk, but could also result in fines. So, before you light the kindling, check to see if there’s a no-burn advisory in effect. 

 

Store Firewood Safely 

To keep a fire going all evening, you’ll need to continue feeding it fuel. Take care, though, to keep firewood at a safe distance from the fire pit. You want to feed the fire at your own pace, not have it jump the fire pit and feed itself. 

Posted on

Maintaining Your Home Fire Pit

Adding a fire pit to your yard or patio, whether you buy one that is pre-made or use supplies to build your own, creates an exquisite and cozy focal point for your outdoor living space. Fire pits come in a variety of sizes and types, and they bring style and functionality to your property. They are great for outdoor entertainment or a romantic evening at home at any time of year. However, if you want your fireplace to last and build these memories year after year, proper maintenance is essential for keeping your backyard centerpiece looking and working well throughout the seasons. Read on for our advice on how to keep your fire pit in top working condition. 

Burning Wood

Location 

The location of your fire pit has a big impact on how easy it is to maintain. To avoid smoke concerns or scattered ash, we suggest choosing a location with some wind protection. For safety, any nearby trees with potential overhang over the pit should be trimmed back on a regular basis. Any yard debris should be confined to a minimum distance of 10 feet away from the circle around the pit. 

Avoid Cracking 

Cracks in your fire pit can result from stress, which can be caused by a hot fire raging in cold weather. To prevent the possibility of cracking, footers should be extended to the frostline or built on a reinforced concrete base when building masonry fire pits in cold climates. Cracking is a common problem. Even if some cracks are only cosmetically significant, they should all be examined. Severe cracks should be repaired before continuing to use the product. 

What to Burn 

Be mindful of what your put into your fire pit. Burning garbage or pressure-treated wood in a wood burning pit can release hazardous pollutants that are unsafe to breathe and can damage pit surfaces. It is best to use split, dry wood. Green wood also should not be burned. To start your fire, we recommend using broken pallets or yard-picked leaves and sticks as kindling. It is not advised to use accelerants because they can be harmful and can discolor or ruin the fire pit. 

Extinguishing the Flames 

Flames should be allowed to burn out naturally wherever possible. Although water should be maintained on hand in case of an emergency, pouring water on an active fire can induce fast temperature fluctuations, which might cause the vessel to break or otherwise be damaged. 

Removing Ashes 

Because ashes are acidic, it is critical to remove them from the pit on a regular basis to avoid long-term damage to the fire pit. You should have a metal ash container available nearby to collect ashes the next day after the pit is utilized. Because embers can smolder for a long time after a fire has died out, care should be taken when clearing them, and they should be doused with water once they have been removed. Spent ashes should be gathered in a metal bucket with a lid and disposed of appropriately once the bucket is full. 

Cleaning: Masonry Fire Pits 

If residue builds up over time, stone fire pits can be cleaned by scrubbing the interior with a solution of one part muriatic acid to nine parts water. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly with water and let air dry for 48 to 72 hours before using. 

Cleaning: Metal Fire Pits 

Metal fire pits, like cast iron fire pits, are prone to corrosion. Scrubbing with a sharp wire brush and wiping away the residue is an easy approach to remove surface rust. Protective coatings, such as oil and silicone, are available to help prevent rust, but it is crucial to know which ones are right for your metal. Before applying any surface treatments, check the manufacturer’s instructions. 

Cleaning: Gas Fire Pits 

Gas fire pits, which are powered by natural gas or propane, are a wonderful choice for existing patios because of their ease of use, safety, and low-maintenance requirements. They create less heat than wood burning pits, but they have instant starts and do not produce messy ashes to clean. Keep the burners clean for efficient gas flow and check the fuel lines on a regular basis to keep your gas fire pit in good working order. 

Before cleaning the fire pit, turn off the gas valve or turn off the gas line. Clean the burner pan of any refuse, rocks, and leaves. Check for bugs and make sure the drains and vents are not clogged. Do not use water to put out the fire since the abrupt change in temperature in the fire pit can cause breaking and deterioration of the metal. Wait for the pit to cool down fully, then cover it. 

Cleaning: Wood-Burning Fire Pits 

Wood-burning pits create that campfire smell and feel, but they leave messy ashes behind, so it is important to keep up with cleaning these after use. Sweep up any ashes and debris using a brush. Because ashes are acidic, it is critical to remove them from the pit on a regular basis to avoid long-term damage to the fire pit. 

Allow flames to die down naturally while not in use. Putting out a fire with water might result in rapid temperature swings, which can cause the pit to crack or otherwise be damaged. Split, dry wood is preferred for burning, as trash or pressure-treated wood release pollutants that are detrimental to the environment and can damage pit surfaces, making them harder to clean and maintain over time. 

Using a Cover 

Whether it is a simple vinyl cover or something more ornate, keeping your fire pit protected from the elements is a simple way to extend the life of your backyard or patio fire pit and to preserve it in good working order. Make sure it is completely cool before covering. 

Using Screens 

Although it is fair to say that using a screen can occasionally distract from the beauty of an open flame when gathering around the pit on a cool evening, many prefabricated pits come with flat or domed screens to prevent embers from spreading and to reduce char and clutter. If your pit does not come with one, consider purchasing or making one to add to your outdoor fire pit for easy cleanup and added safety. 

Surfaces for Cooking 

If you plan to cook outdoors with your fire pit, make sure to clean the grates and other cooking surfaces as soon as possible after you finish. Grease, fluids, and food residue can accumulate inside the fire pit, producing stains and hastening the deterioration process. 

Tools for Fire Pit Care 

Having the correct tools on hand can help you maintain the appearance and functionality of your fire pit. You can get a simple fireplace tool set to use with your fire pit at the hardware store. You will need an ash scoop, a long poker, and tongs to move the logs about so they burn evenly. 

Pit Storage 

Permanent pit installations can usually withstand year-round weather conditions with little maintenance, but if your pit is portable, storing it under a covered space or in a garage or shed when not in use can save you the time and effort of cleaning off-season buildup of dirt and debris before sharpening those marshmallow sticks for the season.

Posted on

8 Things to Know Before You Get a Fire Pit

Whether you buy a ready-made model or work with a professional to create a design that is unique for your space, you have a staggering number of options when it comes to installing a fire pit. It can be difficult to know where to begin, in any case. Take a look at the following advice and considerations to assist you in making your decision. You should be able to work with a pro to select the appropriate fire pit for your taste, demands, budget, and location, using this information as your guide. 

Close-up Photo of Bonfire

  1. Local Regulations

Before you go out and buy a fire pit, check with your city’s building code and the local authorities to see if there are any limits on where you can put one outside or whether you may burn wood. Check with your building or homeowners’ association to see if there are any restrictions on outdoor fire pits if you reside in a condo or apartment complex. If you are renting, check with your landlord first. 

Fire pit placement is frequently regulated for safety reasons, and there are rules, such as keeping a fire pit at least 10 feet away from buildings and fences. Some counties may demand that your planned location be inspected by local fire officials to ensure that it is fire-safe. If your county has fuel restrictions due to environmental concerns, avoid wood-burning models in favor of smoke-free models that run on propane or natural gas. 

  1. Style

Fire pits are available in a variety of sizes, styles, and designs to complement any backyard decor and meet the desires of any homeowner. The difficult part is whittling down your choices and selecting the best one for you. Finding a fire pit that matches your existing backyard design in terms of style, color, shape, or material is an excellent place to start. 

In addition to picking a fire pit that complements the overall landscape design, you should select a model that is appropriate for the purposes for which it will be used. Look for features that are work for you and your family. For example, if you want to use the edge of your pit as a table for food and drinks, make sure there is a wide enough lip around it so you do not wind up with your cold items heating up after a few minutes. 

  1. Size

Fire pits come in a variety of sizes, from small ones you can carry with you to bigger built-in types. Select a size and style that is appropriate for your budget and region. The diameter of store-bought fire pits is typically 24 to 30 inches. The width of built-in units can range from 36 to 58 inches. 

There are also a variety of heights available, from low-to-the-ground fire bowls to taller models. Choose a type that is either even with or slightly lower than regular seat height if you want to rest your feet on the fire pit’s lip (typically 18 inches). Reflected warmth is also affected by the height of the fire pit in comparison to the seat height. Choose a lower fire pit if you want the flames to warm you from your seat. More heat is provided to the body by keeping the fire pit a little lower, at 18 to 20 inches. 

When deciding on the size of the fire pit, keep in mind how much space you will need for seating and circulation. As a general rule, allow 5 to 7 feet of space around the perimeter of a fire pit for chairs and movement. Make sure you plan your space around the fire pit, with plenty of area for big, comfortable chairs and mobility. If you are planning to construct built-in seating, leave 40 to 48 inches between the back wall of the seating area and the fire. 

  1. Permanent or Portable

Another factor to consider when purchasing a fire pit is whether you prefer the ease and adaptability of a portable model or a fire pit that will be a permanent fixture in your backyard. Renters may find lightweight portable fire pits to be a fantastic alternative because they can be moved around and lit in different sections of an outdoor space. 

  1. Material

Stone, metal, concrete, or a combination of these are just some of the materials used in fire pits. Choose a material that complements your style, blends in with your backyard’s decor, and can withstand stains and frequent use. Each substance has advantages and disadvantages. Concrete is a long-lasting material; however, it can be stained by soot. Metal that has been powder-coated is tough, but it can get hot. Natural stone is beautiful, but it can darken and shatter from heat if not installed properly. 

You may be able to choose the material in the flame area that covers the burner if you are using a natural gas or propane-burning device. Your choices include decorative balls, lava rock, and fire glass that all come in a variety of colors, sizes, and shapes. 

  1. Cost

The price of a fire pit varies greatly. You can stay under $100 with a fire pit constructed of stacked stones in a ring or a basic one made of metal and set up only for wood burning. Depending on the design, freestanding fire pits constructed of stone, concrete, or powder-coated metal can cost anywhere from $300 to $2,000 or more. Budget $1,000 to $5,000 or more for custom and built-in models. 

  1. Fuel Type

Your fire pit can burn with three different types of fuel: wood, propane, or natural gas. Wood-burning fire pits provide the characteristic crackling sound of a campfire, but they are being increasingly restricted due to air-polluting smoke issues. Propane and natural gas have the advantages of not producing smoke, being easier to clean, and being quicker to turn on and off. 

Both options have advantages and disadvantages. If you go with natural gas, be prepared to pay more for installation. In order to extend a gas line, you will also need a permit. Propane will save on the cost of not having to extend a gas line, but you still have to figure out where to put the propane tank, ideally somewhere out of sight but still accessible for refilling. 

  1. Permitting

A standard-size backyard fire pit does not require a permit in most cases. You may require one to expand your gas line if you choose a natural gas fire pit. Some counties may demand that your planned location be inspected by local fire officials to ensure that it is fire-safe. Extra-large fire pits (those with a diameter of more than 4 feet) may require a permit or additional safety or installation requirements. Before you begin, double-check your city’s building codes and with municipal authorities. 

 

Choosing to install a fire pit at your home can be an excellent idea that will provide fun and comfort for years to come, but it does take a little bit of planning. However, as long as your city does not have any ordinances against outdoor fires, most homes can accommodate some kind of set up. You just have to be creative and imagine how you will use it in the future.

Posted on

9 Reasons to Buy a Fire Pit

Have you ever sat in your backyard on a fall or winter evening and hoped you could stay out, only to be compelled to go inside because it was too cold to appreciate it? Luckily, there is an easy fix to this dilemma: install a fit pit! There is nothing cozier on chilly evening than a roaring fire. You do not have to escape to the wilderness to have one when you have a fire pit in your own backyard. 

Have you been considering a fire pit for your home but are still unconvinced? This is the ideal time for you to take action. A backyard campfire is undoubtedly one of the nicest gifts you can give your family, and they will get so much use and enjoyment out of it. Read on for the top benefits to installing a fire pit outside of your home. 

Family gathering around bonfire in dark backyard

1. A Fire Pit Provides Year-Round Enjoyment 

Some people wrongly believe that a fire pit is a seasonal tool that may only be used on warm spring and summer evenings. Its primary function as a fire pit, though, is to generate heat. On a cold night, sitting by a fire pit is like relaxing in a hot tub as it snows outside. 

It provides a warm and inviting feeling of being protected from the outdoors. It is a wonderful feeling. That isn’t to say you can’t enjoy them on a warmer evening. Throw an outdoor evening party for your closest friends and family, and make it the major attraction, lighting up the yard and keeping the mosquitoes at bay. 

2. A Warm and Inviting Feature for Your Outdoor Lounge Area 

An outdoor campfire, whether for you, your family, or your friends, adds a special touch to any backyard or patio. It has a certain elegance and sense of home to it. We find solace in sitting by a fire. They have been shown to help people relax and even lower their blood pressure. 

Outdoor fire pits seem to settle the nerves and bring us to rest, whether it’s owing to the captivating flickering of flames or an intuitive sense of safety. It’s natural to want to sit near to a fire pit when you see one. Whether on your patio, in your backyard, or in another outdoor location, a fire pit can be the warmest and most attractive gathering spot on your property. 

3. A Fire Pit is a Social Hot spot 

Nothing encourages a social gathering or a long, deep talks like the open flames of a fire pit. When it comes to atmosphere, a fire pit is the perfect centerpiece for any outdoor gathering and sets the right tone because people are drawn to the warmth. A roaring fire is ideal for long, meaningful evenings spent with friends and family.  

Keep the fire burning, even if the night is particularly warm, but move the seats away from the flames so the heat isn’t too intense. A fire pit gives a degree of subtle entertainment that prevents boredom, while being unobtrusive. Furthermore, the relaxing impact of fire may help people open up more to friendly discussion and cultivate a sense of belonging by bringing them closer together. 

4. A Fire Pit Provides Bright Light in the Dark 

The primary use of a fire pit, as previously said, is to provide heat. However, they also provide light, which is essential for any gatherings that are outdoors. If your summer parties always seem to end before the sun sets, you could probably extend the life of your gathering by lighting up the fire pit. 

Assuming all goes well and your visitors stay long after the sun goes down, you don’t want people wandering around in the dark, falling over patio furniture, and harming themselves or others. A fire pit will add ambiance and character to your outdoor entertaining space, while also illuminating the darkness. 

5. Fire Pits Provide a Romantic Ambiance 

While a fire pit is great for group gatherings, it is also ideal for intimate romantic moments. A fire pit, as previously mentioned, sets the tone for deeper conversations, while also offering a pleasant ambiance. There may be no better backdrop for a romantic chat. The hypnotic flames might be entrancing, but they also create intimacy, making you want to cuddle up close together. 

6. Wood-Burning Fire Pits Make Fantastic Kitchens 

In more concrete terms, wood-burning fire pits are fantastic locations to cook delicious meals! Appetizers, main dishes, desserts, you name it! You can cook it all on these fire pits. To make your life easier, you will need a grill grate, as well as a few pots and pans. Of course, there are always the old standbys, such as marshmallows, hot dogs, and shish-kebabs. However, thinking beyond the box opens up a world of possibilities for some truly delicious food. 

You can cook almost anything if you have the correct tools, such as grill grates, pots, pans, tinfoil, and sticks. Stainless steel is practically wear-resistant if properly maintained. Gooey grilled cheese sandwiches or tinfoil-wrapped potatoes, smothered in the works, are simple dishes elevated to new heights over a fire. Or consider a hearty breakfast of pancakes, bacon, and eggs to start the weekend right. Use your imagination when it comes to cooking over a fire pit. They are perfect for gatherings, family dinners, and date nights! 

7. A Fire Pit is Very Safe (with Proper Usage) 

Fire pits that run on natural gas or propane, especially, are quite safe. Fire pits, like anything else if used incorrectly, can be dangerous, although rare. Safety and common sense should always be at the top of the priority list. 

Any fire pit owner’s first goal is to use their fire pit responsibly so that they, their family, and their visitors may enjoy it night after night without incident. It is also important to make sure that everyone in the family knows how to operate it properly and safely, even if they never intend to be the operator. 

8. Fire Pits Can Add Value to Your Home 

Although it is not a guarantee, a well-built fire pit has been proven to increase the value of some homes. A quality patio and fire pit can bring you a good return on your investment if you decide to sell your home. Like you, potential homeowners are enthralled by the prospect of owning a fire pit! Not only that, but they will appreciate not having to buy, build, or install one themselves. For some, it could even be the determining factor in whether they choose to buy your home or someone else’s. 

9. Fire Pits Are Affordable for Nearly Everyone 

Although you certainly have the option to go all out with expenses, not every fire pit is going to set you back thousands of dollars or even close to that. That being said, there is no good way to determine an average cost for fire pits because they come in so many different designs, sizes, and materials. It all depends on how you want it set up, how you want it to look, and whether or not you want to construct and install it yourself. You could pay anything from $50 to $5000 for a really extravagant set up. 

 

The beauty of fire pits is how nicely they blend into any backyard or patio setting, such as fire pit tables that serve as a lovely focal point for your outdoor space. Whether you have a minuscule space or a lawn the size of a football pitch, there’s an outdoor fire pit to suit practically every sort of backyard, making it an easy decision for most consumers.

Posted on

Choosing the Perfect Fire Pit

Every family or homeowner has a dream set up for their backyard remodel or design. Some families yearn for a warm, sunny pool. Others fantasize about a large deck with plenty of space for grilling and sunbathing. Regardless of the size of your backyard, many homeowners have the same dream: a blazing fire pit. 

Fire pits are a great way to add a rustic, relaxing element to your backyard. Furniture, outdoor lighting, and elements, such as lattice walls and more substantial structures that radiate outward from your fire pit, ground your design and offer you room to be creative. 

Regardless of the season, fire pits serve as a social meeting location. You and your family can gather around the fire during the crisp autumn evenings, roast marshmallows, and tell ghost stories late into the night. On a hot summer day, fire pits allow you to finish off your favorite BBQ meal, while watching the kids splash around in the pool (or maybe going for a dip yourself). 

Are you ready to add a fire pit to your backyard to make it more inviting? A Google search for fire pit ideas on the internet can leave you unsure of where to start. Where do you begin with so many shapes, materials, designs, and construction methods to pick from? We have compiled a list of our top ready-to-build and ready-to-buy fire pit ideas for you, so you can spend less time browsing and more time around your new fire pit! 

Photography of Wood Burning on Fire Pit

Building Your Own Fire Pit 

The creative options with a fire pit are practically infinite when you collect and install the materials yourself. You can create a fire pit from scratch in any area of the yard with some forethought, precision, and a lot of hard work. DIY projects need more time and effort, but they usually result in reduced expenses. 

  • Round Stone Fire Pit 

Stone fire pits are one of the most cost-effective solutions for outdoor fire pits. Choose palletized stone for a consistent shape and size when placing your order. Determine the width of your fire pit area with a piece of rebar and twine. Make a big circle with spray paint. Excavate to a depth of roughly six inches in the place you want your pit to go. Make a second circle with the perimeter of your actual fire pit inside that circle. 

Pour premixed cement and allow it to dry in the region between the inner and outer rings. Lay the first round of fire bricks, the second and third rounds of fire bricks, and then carefully place your capstones before finishing your seating area, applying mortar as you go. 

  • Square Concrete Fire Pit 

For sleek, contemporary outdoor aesthetics, concrete fire elements are becoming increasingly popular. These can also be raised so that your s’mores station is level with your outstretched palm while you relax on a deep seat sofa. Square concrete fire pits have a lot of steps: first, build the interior and outer rings out of fir planks. To defend against the elements, add reinforcement and wire or mesh matting. 

Once you have finished the previous stage, pour your concrete to the top of the form. Once the concrete has dried, carefully remove the forms and apply finishing touches such as a smooth finish or a layer of slate on top of the concrete. Fill the center of your bowl halfway with gravel, and then secure it. Last but not least, fill the remaining space with beautiful rocks of your choice. 

  • In-ground Stone and Brick Fire Pit 

In-ground fire pits fit in perfectly with your backyard’s scenery. While this can be a safety concern if you have small children or pets, an in-ground fire pit can lend a touch of casual elegance to any outdoor space. Depending on where you get the components, a fire pit like this can be built for less than $100. 

To begin, dig a hole that is four feet deep and 12 feet in diameter, with the sides slanted out slightly. Fifteen liters of lava rocks should be used to fill the hole. Place the bricks vertically around the hole’s rim, tilting them on their sides. In the circular area where you’ll set up chairs and side tables, shovel sod away from the pit’s edge. Cover the bricks with flat, ornamental stones around the pit’s edge. You are now ready to build a fire by filling in the top region in and around the flat stones with earth. 

 

Fire Pit Ideas You Can Purchase 

Is it not possible to take on a new construction project by yourself? If you do not have the time, skills, or ambition to build a fire pit from the ground up, there are numerous varieties of gorgeous fire pits that you can buy for your backyard dependent on your budget. These alternatives can add a functioning fire pit to your outdoor entertainment options, while also elevating your aesthetic. 

  • Concrete Basin 

Use the color palette of your existing patio furniture to determine the best shade for a basic, low-cost concrete basin fire pit. A freestanding bowl’s floating look offers an unforgettable visual statement and embellishes circular patios and flat spaces. All you need to know before ordering your concrete basin is the color of your current chairs or the color you want to purchase. A simple approach for cohesion is homogeneous color, especially when contrasted with your dwelling or decking materials. 

  • Steel Cauldron 

A hanging cauldron fire pit and grill will impress any visitor, whether you have a modern home with clean lines or a rambling wood cabin. Steel cauldron fire pits have a tall triangular frame that supports a spherical cauldron that seems like it sprang from a smithy or forge and landed in your backyard. These cauldrons, especially the larger ones, can be expensive. However, the artistry is well worth the money for the right family and home. 

  • Propane-Powered Fire Pit Tables 

Small standalone fire pit tables that are metalworked and powered by propane are becoming popular in many homes with limited yard space or with basic patios instead of traditional yards. These stylish, low-cost fire pit tables frequently have a side table that conceals the gas tank. These fire pit tables can cost as little as a couple hundred dollars, depending on the type of metal used and the craftsmanship. 

For the homeowner who wants the most low-maintenance fire pit option that is easy to set up and light, a fire pit table can be the perfect option. They can come in varying sizes to fit all sizes and layouts of backyard or patio space. Another very handy feature of a fire pit table is that, besides making sure your propane tank is full, you do not need to maintain the fire and can adjust it with a switch. 

 

With a little inspiration and a design that appeals to you, you can either craft a DIY fire pit or save time and money by ordering one that matches your outdoor concept. The entire family may gather around a fire pit table for meals, games, beverages, stories, s’mores, and countless new memories. After you have finished putting the finishing touches on your fire pit, determine what style of furniture best suits your unique location, whether you are furnishing a desert hideaway or a lake house.

Posted on

How to Build a Wood Fire in Your Fire Pit

If you spent your childhood taking camping trips every weekend with your family or you spent time in the Scouts, you may already be a skilled pro at building a fire. However, if you are not the outdoorsy type, you may never have learned the proper techniques for building a quality fire. Even though this skill can seem intimidating for a newbie, it is actually quite manageable once you get the hang of it! 

With a wood-burning fire pit in your backyard, you do not even need to venture out into the wilderness to achieve a cozy, roaring fire. You can enjoy such luxuries from the comfort of your own home. If you want to learn how to develop this easy and straightforward skill, or if you just want to improve on the knowledge you already have, read on for our tips on how to start the perfect (or most efficient!) fire in your backyard fire pit. 

 

Fire Safety 

Before you ever light your fire, make sure that safety is your top priority. Fire pit safety is incredibly important, and if you follow the best practices, you can avoid costly mistakes. Here are some safety guidelines to keep in mind when using your fire pit: 

  • To prevent flames or embers from escaping the pit, start your fire on an even surface. 
  • Make sure your fire pit is at least 10 feet away from any trees, houses, fences, or other flammable things. 
  • If the weather is very windy, choose a different night to light a fire. 
  • Keep a safe distance from the fire pit, and pay attention to any children and pets nearby. 
  • Avoid use of propellants or other potentially hazardous or toxic substances.
  • Never leave your fire unattended. 

 

How to Build a Fire with Wood in a Fire Pit 

1. Preparation 

After you’ve chosen a safe site for your fire, it is time to collect the appropriate supplies to prepare your fire. But do not worry; the list of things you will need is not excessively long, and everything is easy to acquire. Here is everything you will need to get your fire going: 

  • Fire Starter: You can choose from a variety of various fire starters. Kitchen lighters and matches are the most common household items you could use. These will get the job done, but this can be a time-consuming choice. You can also use a butane torch lighter or an electric arc. Most people do not have one of these on hand, but they are far more effective at starting a fire in a fire pit and are fairly inexpensive to purchase. 
  • Tinder: To ignite your fire, you will need to use tinder. Leaves, pine cones, newspaper, or tree bark can all be used as tinder, as they catch fire easily. As long as the material is dry and non-toxic, it can be used to light a fire. If you need ideas, a quick Google search will show you many types of DIY fire starters you could use for starting a fire in a fire pit. Different options have different advantages, but there are so many options to choose from. 
  • Kindling: Kindling pieces are dry sticks that will keep your fire going for long enough for the bigger logs to ignite after the tinder has burnt up. Softwoods, such as pine, cedar, poplar, and spruce, are usually the most effective sticks and twigs for kindling. 
  • Firewood: The base of your fire will be made up of logs, which will keep it going all night long. Hardwoods, such as maple, oak, ash, and birch, make the best firewood. Before using your logs, make sure they are properly seasoned and stacked.  

Next, it is time to start your fire, now that you have gathered all of the necessary supplies. 

2. Starting Your Fire 

This is the bit you have been waiting for: lighting a fire in a fire pit without the use of lighter fluid or hazardous chemicals. Let’s go over each stage of how to build a fire in your fire pit: 

  • To begin, construct a tinder pile in the bottom middle of your fire pit. This pile should be around the size of your palm. 
  • Next, take your kindling and lay it at a 35-degree angle right above your tinder, forming a pyramid or tee-pee shape. Make sure the kindling structure is dense and close enough together, but not so tightly constructed that it will not still allow for air flow through small gaps. 
  • After you have set up your kindling, light your tinder pile using the fire starter. It is time to start placing your firewood once the kindling has started to burn.
  • Finally, begin to stack the seasoned timber in the fire pit. The formation of the firewood should be identical to that of the kindling, either forming a pyramid or a tee-pee shape. Keep the firewood close together to keep the fire concentrated, but leave small gaps to allow for maximized air flow. 

If you follow these steps correctly, you should soon have a roaring fire before you.  

3. Maintaining Your Fire 

Keeping the fire in your fire pit properly maintained is necessary if you want the flame to burn brightly all night. If your firewood is not catching fire or the flame is dying out too quickly, try adding more tinder and kindling to the mix. You may want to check out the state of your firewood, as well. Switch more new firewood into the fire if the logs start to turn completely black and are disintegrating, or if the flame is dying. Keep in mind that you always should keep an eye on your fire, adding more dry tinder, kindling, or logs as needed, and avoiding suffocating the flame. 

4. Extinguishing You Fire Pit 

After successfully starting and sustaining a fire in your fire pit, the party is winding down, and you are ready to call it a night. It is now time to put out the flame in a safe manner. You would not want any stray sparks or embers still hanging around that could reignite. When putting out a fire in your fire pit, you should follow these simple steps: 

  • Take a hose or a pail of water and gently trickle water on the flames. Make sure you do not just dump or pour the water into the fire pit, since this can damage it. 
  • After you have finished sprinkling water and the flames have withered into embers, grab a shovel and mix the ash and embers around until you can’t hear any hissing anymore. 
  • Finally, lightly touch the ash and, if it is cool, dispose of it properly.

 

Now that you know what you need to do in order to get that billowing backyard blaze going, you do not have to narrow down your options to only gas fire pits or automatic starts. You can feel confident that you can accommodate everyone’s comfort the next time the family wants to spend the evening outside but it is a bit too chilly or you are having guests over and need an activity after dinner. A wood fire pit can provide you with a cozy, rustic feel in your own backyard and create the ambiance you are looking for.

Posted on

Cooking Over a Fire Pit

One of the best benefits of owning a fire pit is that you can cook on it outside. Instead of having a separate grill for food, you can recreate those campfire memories in your own backyard. There is something really spectacular about cooking over a fire that makes you feel connected to nature, while being incredibly comforting and cozy, with the sounds of crackling embers and delicious smells rising up around you. Cooking over a fire pit is actually a lot easier than many people think. If you would like to learn how to get started, read on for more. 

Grilled Meat on Charcoal Grill

What Fuel to Choose 

If you want to experiment with smokey flavors when cooking in a fire pit, you may use wood, charcoal, or a combination of both. Charcoal has the advantages of being relatively easy to light and burning at a high temperature. It is ideal for beginners or foods that have already been marinated or seasoned. Charcoal will not give your dish with a strong smokey flavor, so the flavors will not be overpowered. If you want to enjoy sitting around the joyful blaze of a wood fire after you cook with charcoal, simply toss some logs on the hot coals after you are done. 

Wood is a more traditional fire pit material that is rather straightforward to light as long as you choose the right wood and know how to set it up. The most dependable options for a steady fire seem to be the teepee or log cabin methods. To build your fire, start with tinder, work your way up to kindling, and then lay down the firewood. 

Small, quarter-inch thick dry sticks, straw, pine needles, or bark can all be used as tinder. We do not recommend using leaves or paper, since they can quickly produce fly ash, which can start a fire outside of your fire pit or cause burns. Sticks or twigs that are somewhat larger should be used as kindling. If you’re using charcoal, this would be a good time to light it. 

After your kindling, add some logs of a reasonable size. A dry, seasoned hardwood is the preferred choice. Oak and other similar hardwoods will burn strong and cleanly. Green woods and softwoods should be avoided, as they will spoil your meals. Softwoods, like as pine, may emit an unpleasant toxic resin that will ruin the taste of your food, while green wood will sputter too much. 

 

How to Set Up 

The location of your fire pit is critical for having a safe fire cooking experience. Make sure the fire is not under an overhang or overhanging foliage, on a flammable surface, such as a wood deck, or surrounded by plants if it is in the ground. After you’ve safely placed your fire pit, you will need a fire pit grill to cook on. These come in a number of styles and sizes, but they are really just a cooking grill that stands over a fire. To make cooking over hot coals easier, some of them include adjustable heights and angles. A different kind of grill will sit above your fire. 

Next, you will need something to cook with! You should stock your outdoor cooking set up with some basic barbecuing utensils, including a pair of tongs, a spatula, and a grill brush. Make sure these utensils have lengthy handles so you do not have to worry about scorching your fingers while you are cooking. 

Digital and surface thermometers are useful instruments to keep on hand, particularly if you are a newbie. A surface thermometer can tell you how hot your grill is, and an instant read digital thermometer can tell you if your meat is cooked properly. A lid is also a handy item to have on hand for your fire pit grilling activities, since it expands your cooking options. You can use indirect heat to grill bigger chunks of meat and make baked dishes if you use a cover to keep the heat in. 

Make sure you set up you fire pit in such a way that you can avoid cooking directly over the flames, using too much heat, or letting your food cook over too much smoke. Creating a two-zone system is the simplest approach to achieve this. The fire will burn down logs into embers on one side of the fire pit, and then the embers can be pushed to the other side, where you may cook over and around them. If you use this method, your food will not be burned by the flames, and if your embers start to die, you have plenty more you can quickly add from the fire zone. 

 

Heat Management 

To manage the heat you are cooking over, you will likely require some experience, but it is not difficult to master. It is best to begin with cooking smaller chunks of meat if you are just learning how to cook over a flame. Starting with one-inch chunks will help you understand how to how things cook on a grill and how to moderate the smoke levels of your meal. 

There are the two basic ways to manage how much heat your food is cooking over. Be aware of how close your food is to the embers and how many embers there are. If the fire is too hot, you may either shift the embers away from the food or move the food away from the embers and closer to the grill’s borders. You can also vary the angle or elevate the cooking surface on certain fire pit grills. 

If your food isn’t getting enough heat, simply reverse the process. More hot embers should be placed under the meal, or the food should be moved closer to the embers by moving it to a more central position on the grill or by moving the grill itself. To obtain the desired amount of smokiness, follow the same steps. 

 

Cooking with Direct Vs. Indirect Heat 

Starting with the slowest-cooking foods ensures that everything is ready at the same time. Keep in mind that thicker cuts of meat will need to rest for a few minutes after being pulled from the grill, and that they will continue to cook for a few more minutes after being removed. This means you’ll want to remove them from the grill just before they’re done, or else they will be overdone. A thermometer is a great tool for nailing down the proper time and temperatures. 

Smaller slices of meat and cuts that don’t need to be cooked all the way through, such as steaks, can be cooked over direct heat from the coals or embers. It is perfect for getting a nice sear or cooking small portions of meat, like kebabs. Hot dogs, hamburgers, and similar foods can also be cooked over direct heat. 

Larger cuts, like roasts, will sear and char on the outside before cooking on the inside. Therefore, they will benefit from indirect heat. You’ll need a lid for this procedure. Place the meat around the embers rather than right over them, then cover the fire pit with the lid. This will trap the heat, and the hot air and smoke convection will slowly cook your food through without scorching the outside and leaving the inside uncooked. A surface thermometer is a useful tool for monitoring the temperature beneath the lid.

Posted on

How to Get the Most Life Out of Your Patio Furniture

Ideally, your backyard patio is like an extension of your living space, just another room of your home. You want it to feel comfortable and inviting and to not have to think twice about having this space look and feel nice to relax in or host guests. However, unlike your indoor furniture, your outdoor decor is subject to a lot more abuse beyond the regular wear and tear. 

While patio furniture is designed to be much more hardy and more durable than regular furniture, this does not mean that it is indestructible or impervious to any damages. Like anything you own, if you want to get as much use out of your patio furniture as possible, you have to take good care of it over the years. Luckily, maintenance of your patio furniture is not too difficult or time-consuming, and you can ensure your outdoor pieces last for many years to come with these few simple steps. 

Take Care of The Finish 

All patio furniture is designed to hold up in an outdoor environment, but the type of material you choose for it can determine in part just how well it keeps over time. Keep in mind that different materials work better for different climates, so if you do not want to be replacing your patio furniture much more frequently and you are flexible with the aesthetic, choose a type that will withstand the climate conditions where you live. Refinishing your furniture every now and then will go a long way towards maintaining its original quality and look. 

  • Wood: For wood furniture, it is important that water does not seep into the wood and damage or warp it or causing rotting over time. If you notice you wood furniture could use a new coat of protection, you should first sand all exposed surfaces to get rid of any splintering edges. Next, apply a fresh coat of varnish to make your pieces look as good as new. You could even paint it a new color if you want to change up your look. For bigger cracks and holes, use a wood filler. 
  • Plastic: You should frequently clean plastic furnishings with soapy water and wipe it down with a soft, non-abrasive cloth. If your plastics need a fresh coat of paint, make sure you use a special paint with a strong bond that is made for adhering to this type of material. 
  • Wicker: Use a microfiber cloth to remove dirt and dust from your wicker pieces often. When your pieces need more of a deep clean, you can use soapy water and scrub it with a nylon brush. Rinse it with fresh water, preferably a hose with a strong stream, and always allow it to dry completely in a bright, sunny spot. Touch up the finish as need with a wicker varnish or stain. 
  • Metal: Rust is easier to prevent than to remove, so try to take a proactive approach to protecting you metal furniture. At least once a year or at the beginning of the season, refinish your metal pieces with a primer or a wax. If you already have some small rust spots, there are plenty of commercial rust removal products available, or you can sandblast it back to life. Always repaint and finish any treated rust spots so that they do not come back. 

Keep Your Fabrics Fresh 

Many patio sets come with their own cushions or pillows made of fabric. While these materials are usually burlier than your average couch cushion and may be more resistant to stains, they are still designed to be soft and comfortable and need regular care. Wash or launder your fabrics regularly. If the fabric cover is removable, you can usually just machine wash it. If it is not, you can mix ¼ cup of mild dishwashing detergent with a gallon of warm water. Scrub the surface gently with a soft nylon brush, then allow the fabrics to dry fully in the sun. 

Sometimes, the padding inside your cushions can become worn out over time. You do not necessarily have to buy new ones if you like the ones you already have and do not want to spend the extra money. You can have them restuffed or do it yourself with a little foam or batting from the hardware store. If you are unsure of the right material to refill your cushions with, many outdoor living retailers sell special pillow filler for outdoor use. 

If you live in an area where you get many surprise summer showers, you may want to finish your fabrics with a protective finishing spray. This way, if you do not always remember or are unable to bring your cushions inside in time, they will be more resistant to water and mildew. 

Store and Cover Your Furniture When Not in Use 

If you live in a climate with a harsh winter season or cold weather, you should strongly consider storing your furniture inside before the season changes. It is harder for your patio furniture to accumulate weather damage if it is rarely exposed to bad weather. If you do not have room to store your pieces indoors, consider renting a storage space for the winter.  

If you are bringing your items inside for the season, make sure that you thorough clean and touch up your pieces before putting them away in storage. You do not want to put away your patio furniture to protect it from damage for the season, only to find that rust spot or wood rot you neglected has made your beautiful furniture unusable when you go to put it out next season. 

If possible, you should also try to store your patio furniture whenever some harsh weather conditions are in the forecast. Depending on the materials and age, your furniture may be able to stand up to some light rain, but a big storm could really do some damage. If you leave your wicker or wood furnishings out when there is flooding, this is a perfect recipe for mildew. Similarly, strong winds could blow your furniture around and damage it, or you could lose your cushions if they are not secured properly. 

Many retailers also make special covers for your patio furniture to protect them between uses. You can use these covers for your pieces while they are in storage, or you can use them while your furniture is still out on the deck but not in use to shield it from dew and sun. 

Arranging Your Furniture Outside 

When your furniture is living outdoors, you should also consider where you place it. If you have a shade sail over your patio or big, shady tree, this can provide you with some additional sun protection. On the other hand, you will want to keep your furniture far away from certain trees. Nut trees, like hickory and oak, have oils in their bark that can stain your pieces. Nuts and acorns could also fall and dent your furniture. If you want to avoid bird droppings, do not place your pieces near or under trees with nests or bird houses. 

 

With these simple tips, you can make sure that your make the most of your investment and that your patio furniture will last to provide you enjoyment for years to come. 

Posted on

Patio Ideas for Small Spaces

You absolutely do not need a grand, sweeping backyard to create an enjoyable and stylish outdoor living space. In fact, some of the most cozy and creative designs have been created as a result of the need to save on space. Whether you live in an apartment with small balcony or have a small patio or yard in a crowded neighborhood, there are tons of options for making your outdoor living space just as comfortable and stylish as if you had all the room in the world. Read on for our tips on how to make the most out of your small outdoor space. 

Wine Glasses on table Near Pillows

Built-In Bench 

If you are a homeowner and have the option to make modifications to your home, you should consider creating some built-in furniture for your outdoor space. Not only will a built-in piece last longer than other furniture, it will save space too. You could create a custom stone or concrete bench that is flush with the side of your house, or you could build a wood seat that fits perfectly between two columns if you have a covered space. With a custom piece you also do not have to worry about finding the right fit, and you can be sure you get the most out of the space you have as possible. 

Hidden Storage 

Storage for various items that are not always in use is a great way to maximize space. Pillows, throws, and entertainment items can all be easily stashed away somewhere that won’t take up room inside your home, which is a good idea in any climate. This is even better if you can reuse space that would go to waste or be unused otherwise. A bench or ottoman with a lifting top and storage capacity are great multi-use options, as is a crawl space built under your deck. 

Multipurpose Furniture 

Similar to furniture that doubles as storage, other multipurpose items can be of great use in a tight space. Even in larger outdoor living spaces, flexible furniture can make your patio a lot more versatile for any type of gathering you want to host. Other ideas include a sturdy coffee table that can double as extra seating, flat stools that can be side tables when you have fewer guests but need more surface areas, or large, weatherproof throw pillows that can be placed on the ground and used as floor cushions. 

Outdoor Rug 

A colorful rug is a great way to add a touch of pizzazz to a cozier patio and can help a small space feel more intentional. The right size rug can outline the borders of your space, which is helpful if you have a smaller footprint. Be sure to choose a rug made with materials for outdoors that will hold up better to the elements. 

Faux Grass 

Another good option for covering the ground of your outdoor space is faux grass. This is an especially good choice for urban environments or balconies. You may not have the space for a real backyard, but fake grass can add some ambiance and color to your outside area, without all the upkeep that comes with a real lawn. If you want your grass to look more real, make sure to lay it across an entire defined area. 

Micro Garden 

Contrary to popular belief, you do not actually need a huge amount of space, or even a yard, to create a garden outside of your home. If you have a balcony or another type of outdoor living space without ground access, you can satisfy your green thumb with a container garden. This means you will grow everything in various containers or pots. This actually affords you a lot of flexibility in design and style, as well as in moving things around and rearranging. You can use your pots as fun accent pieces to tie your color scheme together or create a jungle feel with hanging potters and vines. A great space-saving idea is to create a vertical garden with leveled shelving to house your plants in a more compact way. With a little research, you will find there are many types of flowers and edibles plants that grow well in confined spaces. 

Outdoor Drapery 

Particularly if you live in an apartment building with multiple units with balconies or your home is in very close proximity to your neighbors, you may be interested in a bit more privacy in your outdoor space during the nice season when everyone wants to be outside at home. While a wall or other more permanent barrier may feel a little claustrophobic and may not even be allowed if you rent, curtains are great way to create a little distance between you and your neighbors, while still maintaining an airy, light feel. Outdoor curtains can have the added benefit of providing some shade for sun protection. If your patio is uncovered and if there is nothing to hang drapes from, you can easily craft a simple wooden frame for this purpose. 

Fire Pit Table 

A fire pit is the ultimate in outdoor living luxury, but you may think you do not have room for one in your tiny outdoor living space. A fire pit table could be the solution to your problems. You can easily get a separate, storable tabletop to cover the fire pit while it is not in use, so you can use it for outdoor dining or game night. As the night wears on, you can remove the cover to generate some warmth with the fire and roast some marshmallows. 

Grill Grate for Fire Pit 

One of the most coveted uses for patio spaces is for outdoor cooking. However, if you have a very small patio space, you may not want to take up precious space with a bulky grill. If you already have a fire pit for your patio, whether it is portable, built-in, or a table pit as mentioned above, you can actually turn this item into your cooking station without adding an extra piece of furniture. Simply add a removable grate for grilling, and you have instantly saved a sizable amount of space for other kinds of furniture. 

Use Your Overhead Space 

You may be able to eke out more space on your small patio if you just look up. Whereas a shade device like a standing or table umbrella might take up floor space or be in the way at head-height with people passing back and forth, a shade sail can be just as effective without occupying valuable square footage on the ground. A shade sail can be affixed to your house and another nearby sturdy object. This also allows you to play with the height and angle of the sail to create a more open feel for your space. The same goes for lighting. If you do not have lighting fixtures already wired to the outside of your home, you may opt for floor lamps for evening hang outs. A better, low-cost and easy-install option is to hang strings of fairy lights. 

 

If you have a more confined outdoor living space, you may need to account for every square foot you have available. However, as we have shown, there are plenty of easy ways to make your small patio feel roomy and inviting.

Posted on

Fun Activities for a Night by the Fire Pit

As we start to gear up for the summer and temperatures begin to heat up, many of us will want to retreat to the cool relief of those perfect summer evenings. If you are lucky enough to own a fire pit in your backyard, you can continue the fun into the night, even as temperatures drop and the sky darkens. While you can spend a lovely evening just sitting around the fire and enjoying the company of your loved ones, there are also countless activities you can do that are perfect for extending the summer fun after-hours. Get cozy and try out our ideas to turn a good night into a spectacular one and maybe get inspired to create your own fireside activities! 

People Roasting Marshmallow

Make S’mores 

We have to start out with the classic, time-honored campfire tradition: roasting marshmallows and making gooey s’mores. This is a great activity if you have kids, but let’s be honest – many of us have fond memories of childhood s’mores and have carried that sweet tooth in adulthood. Did you know you can safely cook a marshmallow over your gas fire pit? This makes it easy to recreate the nostalgia at home, no matter what kind of fire pit you have. 

What you will need: 

  • Graham crackers 
  • Chocolate bars, like Hershey’s 
  • Large marshmallows 
  • Skewers long enough to hold over the fire for a while 
  • Wet wipes for the messy eaters 

Tell a Group Story 

Put a spin on the typical fireside pastime of telling ghost stories or regaling your comrades with tales of adventure with this twist. Instead of having a single storyteller from beginning to end, craft a creative story by telling it round-robin style a few pieces at a time. This is how to start: 

  1. First, choose one person to start the story with a couple sentences. Alternatively, you could have each person present write down a prompt and then draw one out of a hat to get you started. 
  2. As you continue around the circle, each person will add a few more lines to create the next part of the story and move it along. 
  3. If you have a large group, the last person in the circle is responsible for ending the story. If you have a smaller group, you can go around the circle a few times until the story feels sufficiently long. 

There are also fun variations on this method of storytelling, such as Fortunately, Unfortunately. For this game, the person who is starting the story will instead begin with a positive statement, starting with the word “fortunately.” The next person will follow with an “unfortunately” statement, and so on and so forth, until the story is either finished or no one can stop laughing long enough to contribute any further! For example: 

Player 1: “Fortunately, my mother finally let me have a dog.” 

Player 2: “Unfortunately, the dog ate the entire pie my mom set on the table to cool.” 

The fun part of group storytelling comes in the unpredictability of the tale and not knowing the next twists and turns it will take. It is also nice to create something with everyone’s input, where each person puts their own unique spin on their segment. Try writing it down and retelling it again later or during your next fire pit night! 

Have a Movie Night 

With the warmth and coziness of your fire pit, it is the perfect excuse to move your family movie night outdoors! These days, it is very easy and affordable to create your own set up outside, without having to drag your TV to the patio with the world’s longest extension cord. You can easily huddle in front of a laptop, or, if you want the full drive-in movie theater experience or need to entertain a larger crowd, you can pick up an inexpensive cordless projector for around $100 and pair it with some Bluetooth speakers. Here are some ways to make your movie night one to remember: 

  • You do not need to spend money or time installing a pricey outdoor projector screen. You can make a screen yourself. Simply find a white bedsheet and hang it from a clothesline or against the side of your home. With this method, you have the flexibility to set up your screening anywhere in the yard or on the patio that you choose. Be sure to anchor the edges of the sheet with rocks or something heavy, in case the wind picks up and to keep it smooth. 
  • Create your own popcorn bar! With the fire pit nearby, this is the perfect opportunity to pop some kernels the old-fashioned way by cooking up some Jiffy Pop in its foil over the fire. When it is ready, let everyone make their own flavor by setting out mix-ins, such as chocolate chips, candy, pretzels, nuts, and seasonings. And of course, be sure not forget the butter! 
  • Make your set up extra cozy. Set up sleeping bags and pillows or cushions on the grass to make it feel like you are camping. Buy some fairy lights and string them around the border of your screen to add a little movie theater magic to your evening. 

Try Singing Karaoke 

Another fireside favorite is whipping out the guitar and singing campfire songs. Since your fire pit allows you enjoy the comforts of a campfire from home, you have the option to swap out the acoustics for some electronics! If your family or friends always love singing along to that one favorite song on the radio, consider trying karaoke during your next outdoor evening. 

If you already have a karaoke machine, just grab an extension cord and you are all set. However, if you do not have one of these, you can easily work around this and still have a stellar night. Here is what you will need: 

  • A laptop, or even a smartphone with internet connection and some good speakers. Alternatively, if you have some portable speakers or some already installed outside, you could connect your device to those. 
  • No microphone, no problem. Grab a broom, a toy mike, a wad of foil, a pair of socks – anything that you can hold up to your face for dramatic effect as you belt out the chorus. 
  • What if you can’t seem to remember all of the words to that song you want to sing? Luckily, there are lots of karaoke videos available for free on YouTube with instrumentals and song lyrics streaming across the page at the right moments. Just search your favorite song with the word “karaoke” after it, and you should pull up at least a few results. 

If you really want to put on a performance, dig up your Halloween box and throw on some costumes or raid your closet for your fanciest attire and strut your stuff. Silly wigs, outrageous hats, and novelty sunglasses are all encouraged. 

 

This is just a short list of ideas to get you started, but there are endless ways to have fun and enjoy your fire pit. The warmth and gentle light provides the perfect ambiance for a night at home with the people you care about. Get creative and try to come up with some new games and activities of your own! 

Posted on

Fire Pits on Wooden Decks: Fire Pit Safety Tips to Follow

Fire Pit Safety At A Party

Nearly one-third of all new homes constructed in 2020 had a deck, according to the Survey of Construction conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau.

A wooden deck or patio is a welcome and valuable addition to any home, so below you will find some fire pit safety measures.

It provides homeowners with a communal area where friends and family members can gather, and statistics show that it even adds monetary value to homes.

But if you plan to use a fire pit on your wooden deck, there are a few things you should know.

Conventional wisdom should lead you to believe that a wooden deck isn’t fireproof; therefore, you’ll need take some precautions when using a fire pit here.

The good news, however, is that you can safely use a fire pit on a wooden deck, but only if you follow these safety measures.

Place Fire Pit Away from Your House

When choosing a location to place your fire pit, a good rule of thumb is to keep it at least 10 feet away from your home. Whether it’s on a wooden deck, stone patio or elsewhere, follow the 10-foot rule. Doing so reduces the risk of serious property damage and injury.

Don’t Use Lighter Fluid In A Fire Pit – Ever

Never use lighter fluid, gasoline or any other flammable liquid in your fire pit. If you accidentally spill any of these liquids on your wooden deck, it could easily ignite and catch fire. If you’re having trouble starting a fire, place additional tinder in the center of the wood or coals. Once this ignites, the heat should catch the wood or coals on fire.

Choose A Level Surface For Your Fire Pit

In addition to keeping your fire pit at least 10 feet away from your house, you should also place it on a flat, surface. Assuming your wooden deck was built properly, it should be level (or almost level).

Nonetheless, it’s a good idea to double-check and make sure the surface is level before using your fire pit.

You can use stones or bricks to accomplish this but make sure that you are on as flat an area as possible to start with.

Place Barrier Between Fire Pit and Wooden Deck

It’s also a good idea to place some type of fire-resistant barrier between your fire pit and wooden deck. A small square-shaped grid of stone pavers, for instance, will protect your wooden deck from the fire pit. While a fire pit typically won’t produce enough heat to ignite a deck, this will protect your deck from heat stains and scorching.

Putting The Fire Out Fully Before Bed

One of the most common reasons for fires coming from a fire pit is not fully extinguishing the fire when you are done. This is often at the end of the evening or after a few drinks.

Don’t just walk away from the fire pit. You can fully extinguish it easily with a fire pit snuffer which we highly recommend.

But even if you have to pour water on the fire in the fire pit, that is better than just letting it “burn out”.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space in any way; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

Charcoal Grill vs Wood-Burning Fire Pit: Which Cooking Accessory Is Right for Me?

Nothing compares to the smokey, char-grilled flavor of food cooked over an open flame. From steaks and pork chips to chicken and ribs, an open flame will naturally seal the outside of meats while locking in its juices in the process. This means the outside of your meat will have a crispy or semi-crispy texture, yet the inside will remain juicy and delicious.

There are different accessories with which you can cook food over an open flame, however, the two most popular of which include charcoal grills and fire pits. Using either of these accessories, you can cook delicious meats and vegetables over an open flame. But charcoal grills aren’t the same as fire pits, and it’s important to understand the differences between them when choosing a cooking accessory for your outdoor living space.

Aesthetics

In terms of appearance, fire pits are the clear winner. While charcoal grills are available in a dozens of styles, most lack the attention to detail and overall aesthetics of high-quality fire pits, such as those offered here at S&S Fire Pits. If you’re trying to design an attractive outdoor living space, there’s no substitution for a high-quality fire pit. Along with its practical purposes — cooking, creating warmth, relation, etc. — it will add a unique visual element to your outdoor living space that compliments or even enhances the decor.

Health

Cooking over a wood-burning fire pit could be better for your health than cooking over a charcoal grill. According to an article published by Men’sHealth, charcoal fires release high concentrations of carcinogenic compounds known as polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). When you cook meat over a charcoal grill, the fat from the meat will melt and drip down onto the charcoal, causing the charcoal to release smoke. Unfortunately, this smoke is typically high in PAHs, which according to Men’sHealth, could pose health risks.

Cooking over a wood-burning fire pit, however, minimizes harmful emissions such as this. You can use a fire pit to cook meats, vegetables and even some fruits without worrying about exposing yourself to high concentrations of PAHs or other harmful compounds. Firewood has a different composition than charcoal, consisting entirely of natural, untreated wood.

Heat

Both a charcoal grill and a wood-burning fire pit can warm your outdoor living space during the cold late fall and winter months. Fire pits, however, generally offer a superior level of heat when compared to grills. This is because grills — whether gas or charcoal — are used primarily for cooking, whereas fire pits are designed for a variety of purposes, including cooking as well as producing heat. With its open design, a wood-burning fire pit will produce a substantial amount of warmth that’s felt throughout your outdoor living space.

Maintenance

Charcoal grills and wood-burning fire pits require similar maintenance. After using either of these accessories, for example, you’ll need to shovel and dispose of ash (wait until it’s cool, of course). It’s also recommended that you can your charcoal grill or wood-burning fire pit with soap and water on a regular basis — but that’s about it! Neither a charcoal grill nor fire pit is a “maintenance-free” accessory. Assuming you dispose of the ash and clean it regularly, though, these accessories can last for years or even generations.

Portability

Wood-burning fire pits are usually more portable and charcoal grills. They feature a compact design, allowing you to easily transport them to different areas of your outdoor living space or property. In comparison, most charcoal grills are large, heavy and difficult to move. Even if a charcoal grill has wheels affixed to the bottom, you may struggle to roll it across your property, especially if the ground is bumpy or uneven. To move a fire pit, all you have to do it list and carry it to your desired location. You can even transport your fire pit in a vehicle if you want to go camping or host a barbecue at a local public park. This isn’t possible with most charcoal grills.

Cooking

You can cook delicious foods using a charcoal grill or a wood-burning fire pit. Many backyard chefs will agree, however, that fire pits are superior in their ability to create mouthwatering dishes. The problem with charcoal grills is that they use charcoal, which unfortunately doesn’t offer the same delicious flavor or aroma as a wood-burning flame. Regardless of what type of food you’re cooking, it will have better flavor if you cooked it over a wood-burning flame instead of charcoal.

The results are clear: A fire pit is a smarter choice than a charcoal grill that offers greater utility. Fire pits are more stylish, better for your health, create more heat, are easier to maintain, easier to transport and better for cooking than grills.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

 

Posted on

9 Tricks to Update Old Patio Furniture

As we transition into spring and the weather begins to warm up, sunny days and balmy evenings seem to be just on the horizon. The pandemic has sparked a lot more interest in outdoor living and socializing in outdoor spaces, so you will likely be making ample use of these types of spaces at your home. However, if you dropped the ball on taking care of your patio furniture this winter, your outdoor amenities may be looking a bit shabbier than you would want to show to company or even just for your own enjoyment.  

Fortunately, there are many easy ways to spruce up your patio furniture if it did not survive the winter well or is looking a little bleak from too much sun. Read on to learn our top tips for making that outdoor furniture look as good as new again. 

1. Spray Paint 

A fresh coat of paint is a tried-and-true way to bring new life to ancient pieces of furniture, but regular painting can be a little more involved than some people want to get with their DIY projects, with cans of paint that are hard to store and equipment required to paint with that may never be used again. 

However, spray paint is an easier and cheaper option for most and works really well for outdoor furniture materials, such as metal. It is also a lot easier to get into all of the nooks and crannies if your items have slats or curly iron details. This method of painting is so easy that you can do it every year and change up your color scheme. Make sure you wash and dry your piece properly before painting so that you get an even coat. 

You can even extend the life of worn and drab cushions and pillows with a little spray paint in the right spots. Another fun and easy technique to try is creating a funky pattern by apply painter’s tape in stripes or other patterns. Simply apply your first coat of paint, let it dry, add the tape, then spray with a second color and remove the tape to reveal your base color underneath. 

2. Reupholstering 

If your furniture has been sitting out in inclement weather or the direct sunlight often, your chair cushions could look pretty faded by now. Reupholstering your seat pads can make your seating look cleaner and more inviting, and it will allow you to stay up-to-date with the latest styles of the season if your patterns are a bit dated. 

You may be worried reupholstery is hard, but it does not have to be. You can simply remove the pads from the chairs and use a staple gun to secure your new fabric. You do not even have to remove the old fabric, as long as it is not too thick or badly damaged. 

3. Revive Your Teak 

Teak wood furniture is a popular choice for patio pieces because it is known for being very hardy and long-lasting. However, to get the most out of your teak pieces, you should take proper care of them and refresh the wood every few seasons. Start by applying a cleanser made specially for teak wood. Next, you can give your furniture a light sanding to smooth any rough edges that could become bigger issues. Finally, use a protective sealer to help your furniture be more weather-resistant. 

4. Use a Slipcover 

One of the easiest and quickest fixes to reanimate lackluster and dingy furniture is to use a slipcover. The light airiness of the fabric can give your pieces a summer vibe. If you decide you do not like the look you have chosen, a slipcover is not permanent and can easily be swapped out for a new one. In fact, this method is very affordable, so you can have multiple slipcovers for every mood and occasion. Another benefit is these are easy to remove and are washable. 

5. Tung Oil for Wicker 

A popular and stylish alternative to treated, plasticky wicker is natural wicker. Unfortunately, a natural finish is more vulnerable to the outdoor elements. You can keep your wicker furniture looking good and lasting longer by finishing it with tung oil. Wash you pieces first to remove any debris and dirt that has collected, then coat the entire surface with tung oil, making sure to really get into the nooks and crannies between the wicker pieces. This finish will protect your furniture and will give it a deep, rich oiled look. 

6. Add Some New Accessories 

Maybe your furniture is still in pretty good shape, but your pieces are out of style or look bland and boring. Or perhaps you recently updated your patio or outdoor living area, and your old furniture does not match as well with your new design. Sometimes, simply adding a splash of color with an accent piece is all you need. New throw blankets and pillows are a great choice, but you can also get creative by adding decorative items to tables, such as potted plants or ornamental watering cans. You can make new updates year after year, as trends change. 

7. Rust Removal 

Even finished or coated metal pieces can rust when exposed to the elements and moisture season after season. That tiny chip in the paint you thought was a minor flaw can quickly turn into a large rust spot. Before you trash your beloved pieces, assess the damage. If the rust is just on the surface and has not damaged your furniture structurally, it is completely salvageable.  

This fix can take little more elbow grease to renew a piece, but it is well worth it. Acquire a stiff wire brush and use it chip away any loose paint around the rusted areas, then get to scrubbing the rust itself. Sand the painted edges so they are smooth, then wash the metal thoroughly and let it dry completely. After this, you can apply a fresh coat of primer and paint, and your metal furniture will look good as new. 

8. Whitewashing 

To get that crisp, summery look to your outdoor furniture, try whitewashing it. Water down some white paint with two parts water to one part paint, and brush it on and wipe it down with a dry towel. You can go over the finish once more with a dry brush to give the look more depth. Remember that your paint job does not have to be perfect. Luckily, that is the point of this look, to appear a little rustic. 

9. Restain Wood 

Even the most weathered of wood furniture can look brand new with a fresh coat of wood stain. Sand your piece first to remove the rough edges, then clean it of any debris. After you wash it, make sure it dries completely. Next, apply a coat of the stain according to the manufacturer’s instructions, and enjoy your dramatically improved piece. 

These are some of our favorite tips, but they are far from the only tricks you can try to give your patio furniture a new and refreshed look for the upcoming outdoor season. There are many ways to make your outdoor living area more beautiful and enjoyable, and with the money you save on frequently buying new furniture, you can upgrade your yard with fun amenities, such as a firepit from us! 

Posted on

10 Tips to Improve Your Home’s Outdoor Living Space

An outdoor living space is an invaluable element of a modern-day home. Whether it’s a patio, deck, covered gazebo or just a garden area, you can use this space to host parties and enjoy the outdoors. But if you’re looking to get the most value from your home’s outdoor living space, you’ll need to pay attention to the design. The following design tips can help you achieve a more attractive, functional outdoor living space.

#1) Use the Right Color

The color used in your outdoor living space’s decor will affect its mood as well as the overall atmosphere. According to HGTV, purple is an excellent choice for outdoor living spaces because it creates a welcoming and inviting mood. Alternatively, green is another great choice. Regardless of which color you use, don’t leave your outdoor living space white.

#2) Consider Foot Traffic

Don’t overlook foot traffic — the path or paths where you and your guests walk — when designing your outdoor living space. Your outdoor living space should feature clean, clearly defined paths for foot traffic. If guests are forced to walk unnecessarily long distances around your yard to reach your outdoor living space, neither they nor you will probably use it frequently.

#3) Choose Water-Resistant Furniture

Not all furniture is suitable for outdoor living spaces. Untreated wooden furniture with soft fabric cushions, for example, may succumb to damage when left outdoors for multiple consecutive days. On the other hand, plastic furniture without fabric cushions can last for months or even years when left outdoors. You don’t have to necessarily limit your outdoor living space to plastic furniture, but you should choose furniture that’s water resistant or waterproof. Teak wood furniture is a popular choice for outdoor living spaces because it contains natural oils that repel fungi-causing mold. From teak chairs and benches to stools and tables, it’s a smart investment for your home’s outdoor living space.

#4) Install an Overhead Fan

Assuming your outdoor living space is covered, you can improve it by installing an overhead fan. It’s an inexpensive and easy-to-install accessory that creates a more comfortable environment. With an overhead fan, you can create a cool breeze over your outdoor living space on those otherwise hot spring and summer days. Furthermore, can overhead fan can deter insects by literally blowing them away, thereby protecting you and your guests from common pests like mosquitoes, bees and gnats.

#5) Create a Focal Point

No outdoor living space is complete without a focal point. As the name suggests, the focal point is the “focus” of attention for your outdoor living space. It’s typically the area where you and your guests attention will be directed. In the living room, a TV or fireplace is often the preferred focal point. For an outdoor living space, though, you’ll need to use something else. A popular focal point for outdoor living spaces is a fire pit. You can place it in the center of your outdoor living space, with furniture arranged around the perimeter.

#6) Define Area With a Rug

Contrary to what some homeowners believe, it’s perfectly fine to use rugs outdoors — assuming they are made of a waterproof fabric or material. You can place a single square, circular or rectangular area rug outdoors to define your outdoor living space. It’s a small, simple accessory that can make a big difference in your outdoor living space’s decor. The right area rug adds new color and life to the space while helping to define its boundaries in the process.

#7) Add Greenery

There are countless ways to decorate an outdoor living space, but you can’t go wrong with greenery. If it’s on the ground, try creating a flowerbed and filling it with brilliantly colored plants and flowers. If your outdoor living space is a deck or patio, you can use container plants to enhance the decor with greenery.

#8) Mood Lighting

Mood lighting refers to the use of controlled lighting that you can adjust. When the sun goes down, you can lower its illumination to create a more relaxing ambiance. There are dozens of different fixtures available for mood lighting, including traditional overhead fixtures as well as pendant, sconce, track lighting and more.

#9) Consider Storage

You’ll need some form of storage solution for your outdoor living space. Some homeowners use benches with hidden storage compartments for this purpose, while others use shelving. It doesn’t matter what you use. Rather, make sure your outdoor living space has some area or furnishing where you can store items.

#10) Clean and Maintain

Finally, don’t forget to clean and maintain your outdoor living space on a regular basis. From cleaning the deck to removing encroaching weeds and washing the furniture, there are certain things that you’ll need to do to keep your outdoor living space clean.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

The Do’s and Don’ts of Using a Fire Pit on a Wooden Deck

37-Hemi-on-flanged base-with-SnufferA fire pit is a simple accessory that will enhance your home’s outdoor living space. In addition to cooking over an open flame, it creates a relaxing ambiance that you and your guests are sure to enjoy.

But if you’re planning to use your fire pit on a wooden deck, there are a few things you should know. Keep reading for a complete list of do’s and don’t when using a fire pit on a wooden deck.

Do Clean Your Deck Before Lighting Fire Pit

It’s a good idea to clean your deck before lighting your fire pit. Depending on your proximity to nearby trees, pine straw, leaves and other debris may accumulate on your deck.

Assuming they are dry, these things can easily spark an unwanted fire. A stray ember may land on nearby debris, setting it ablaze.

So, using either a push broom or leaf blower, clean your deck before lighting your fire pit.

Don’t Place Your Fire Pit Against the Side of Your Home

Arguably, the single most important safety tip to follow when using a fire pit is to keep it at least 20 feet away from your home and all other flammable structures. Some homeowners place it right up against their home’s siding for “convenience.”

You have to remember, though, that fire pits put out a lot of heat — and too much heat can damage your home’s siding or even set it ablaze. So, remember to keep your fire pit at least 20 feet away from your home and all other structures.

Do Dispose of the Ashes After Fire Pit Has Cooled

You should also dispose of your fire pit’s ashes after it has cooled. Allowing the ashes to sit inside your fire pit for days (or longer) is never a good idea. Some of the ashes may blow out and onto your deck, or they may soak up moisture and contribute to corrosion.

Either way, these problems are easily prevented by waiting at least 24 hours and then shoveling the ashes into a metal bucket or similar metal container.

Alternatively, you can save your fire pit ashes to use as garden compost, insect repellent or other purposes.

For a list of 10 everyday uses for fire pit ash, check out our previous blog post here.

Don’t Place Your Fire Pit Directly on the Wooden Deck

Avoid placing your fire pit directly on your deck or other wooden surfaces. While heat rises — meaning most of the heat created by your fire pit will be projected upwards — the bottom may still contain enough heat to singe or otherwise burn your deck.

You can protect your wooden deck from such damage, however, by placing something between it and your fire pit. A small grid of pavers should do the job. Simply arrange the pavers to cover the area of the deck where you’d like to use it, after which you can place the fire pit on top.

Another idea is to use a special heat-resistant fire pit mat, which as the name suggests is designed to withstand the 450+ degree temperature of a fire pit. Either way, you need something underneath your fire pit to protect your wooden deck from damage.

Do Keep Water Nearby

fire-279748_960_720It’s always better to be over-prepared than underprepared. While it’s doubtful you’ll ever need, you should keep water near your fire pit in case the fire spreads outside of the pit.

A pitcher, large bucket or even a garden hose will all suffice for this purpose. In the unlikely event that you see a secondary fire, you should douse it with water ASAP.

Don’t Use Lighter Fluid

There’s really no point in using lighter fluid in a fire pit. Assuming you use dry, seasoned wood, it should ignite with little effort. You can add some tinder and kindling to the middle to help get it going.

Simply position your wood so it’s propped up with the center empty and allowing for air to pass through. Lighting some tinder and kindling in the middle will then get your fire going.

Adding lighter fluid isn’t recommended, as it increases the risk of injury and property damage.

Do Check for Local Ordinances

You might be surprised to learn that some cities and municipalities have laws regarding the use of fire pits and other open flames. Some, for instance, only allow then on decks when they are at least 20 feet away from your home. So, before using your fire pit on a wooden deck, check to see what (if any) ordinances are in place for your area.

Don’t Leave it Unattended

Finally, never leave your fire pit burning attended. If you need to run to the store, ask a family member or friend to watch it. This rule isn’t limited strictly to fire pits; it applies to all fires.

An unattended fire could spark a secondary fire, and without something there to douse it with water, it could cause significant property damage or bodily injury.

These are just a few do’s and don’ts to follow when using a fire pit on a wooden deck.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

7 Ways to Deal With a Tree Stump in Your Landscape

If your landscape has a tree stump, you might be wondering what you should do with it. Leaving it in place means you’ll have your lawn around the tree stump while also using caution not to trip and fall on it. Depending on the particular tree species, though, stumps can have roots extending as deep as 2 feet into the ground, making them difficult for the average homeowner to remove. Thankfully, there are several ways to deal with an unwanted tree stump in your landscape.

#1) Dig It Out

For stumps with shallow roots — extending no deeper than 1 foot — you should be able to dig it out. A mini excavator is ideal for this project, though even a shovel will suffice. Just dig a trench with about a 2- to 3-foot clearance around the stump, at which point you can dig underneath the stump’s roots to remove it.

#2) Burn It

Burning is an effective, time-tested way to deal with a tree stump. But you can’t just start a fire on top of the stump and expect it to burn away the stump. Rather, you’ll need to dig out a hole or cavity in the center of the stump, at which point you can fill it with tinder and kindling. Once lit, the stump should catch fire and slowly burn. Keep in mind that it can take several days for a stump to completely burn. During this time, either you or someone you know should monitor the smoldering tree stump to ensure the fire doesn’t spread.

#3) Chop It Up

One of the easiest ways to deal with a tree stump is to chop it up. While possible with an ax, it’s recommended that you use a gas-powered stump grinder for this project. You can rent them for about $100 to $200 per day — or you can hire a tree/stump removal company to chop it up for you. Either way, a stump grinder will make quick work of your unwanted tree stump (or stumps) by chopping and grinding them to a pulp.

#4) Treat It With Chemicals

There are chemical-based products available that are designed specifically to destroy tree stumps. Available for sale at most home improvement stores, chemical-based stump-removal products generally contain potassium nitrate. Contrary to what some people believe, this chemical doesn’t burn stumps. Instead, it works by speeding up the stump’s natural decaying process. Tree stumps can linger for years or even decades, slowly drying out and decaying until there’s nothing left. If you treat a stump with potassium nitrate, however, it may decay in as little as one or two months. Once decayed, you can then dig out or chop up the stump using some basic tools.

#5) Turn It Into a Stool

If the tree stump is located in a convenient area, you could try turning it into a stool for your landscape. To do this, cut down the stump to an appropriate seating height of about 23 to 28 inches, at which point you can apply a wood sealer to the top surface. The wood sealer will create a waterproof barrier over the stump, protecting it from moisture and pests.  You can then use the stump as a stool when relaxing or lounging in your outdoor living space.

#6) Grow Plants On It

Another innovative way to deal with a tree stump is to grow plants on it. There are a few ways to grow plants on a tree stump, one of which is to simply place a soil-filled planter or container on top of it. Alternatively, you can cut out a hollow cavity in the middle of the tree stump, fill it with soil and then add your plants.

While you can grow any type of plants on a tree stump, vine plants are ideal because of their natural ability to grow down and around the stump. As the vine plants grow, they’ll cover your tree stump with colorful flora. Just remember to water and prune the plants as needed.

#7) Use It as a Table

Finally, you can use medium- and large-sized tree stumps as a table for your landscape or outdoor living space. Just place a couple of chairs or stools around the stump, and you’re good to go! You can place cups, drinks or other items on the tree stump — just like a conventional patio or outdoor table. It’s an innovative way to handle unwanted tree stumps in a landscape.

Don’t let your landscape suffer from an unwanted tree stump. Use one of the seven methods listed here to deal with it. Whether you dig it up, treat it with chemicals, turn it into a stool or use any of the other methods listed here, you’ll create a more attractive landscape that improves your home’s curb appeal.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

How to Design a Low-Maintenance Landscape

How much time do you spend maintaining your landscape? According to a survey cited by the Chicago Tribute, the average American homeowner spends a staggering 70 hours on his or her landscape each year. Of course, that’s nearly the equivalent of two full workweeks. The good news is that there are ways to design a low-maintenance landscape

Plant Slow-Growing Grass

Consider planting a slow-growing variety or grass in your landscape. The most time-consuming task of maintaining a landscape is mowing the grass. During the spring and summer, you can expect to mow your lawn about once a week — sometimes even more frequently — with most common varieties of residential grass. But some varieties grow slower than others, and planting one of these varieties will ease the burden of mowing your lawn. Zoysia grass, for example, typically requires mowing just once every two or three weeks, making it an excellent choice for a low-maintenance landscape.

Cut Down Unwanted Trees

The number of trees your landscape has will affect the amount of work it requires to maintain. From tree limbs, pine straw, leaves, acorns and other debris, trees can create a quite mess. Therefore, you should cut down and remove any unwanted trees in your landscape. If a tree offers shade or aesthetics, keep it. Otherwise, hire a tree removal company to cut it down. Not only will this create a cleaner landscape, but it may provide you with a plentiful stack of firewood to use in your fire pit.

Install an Automated Irrigation System

You can’t always rely on Mother Nature to keep your grass hydrated. While manually watering your lawn is always an option, an easier solution is to install an automated irrigation system. There are different types of automated irrigation systems, but they are all designed to automate the process of watering grass. Once installed, you can control when the sprinklers are activated and for how long they stay active. It’s an easy, hands-free way to ensure that your grass receives adequate water, even when you’re away from your home.

Use Perennial Plants in Flowerbeds

Avoid using annual plants in your flowerbeds and instead use perennial plants. Perennial plants are defined as plants that last for at least two years. In comparison, annual plants only last for a year, so you can expect to replant them every year.

Here are a few low-maintenance perennial plants that work well in the Southeast:

  • Daylily
  • Latana
  • Rudbeckia Fulgida
  • Peruvian lily
  • Heuchera
  • Yarrow

Spot Treat Weeds

The secret to maintaining a weed-free landscape is to eliminate them as soon as they emerge through the soil. When you spot a new weed growing in your landscape, either pull it out using a handheld weed extractor or treat it with an herbicide. The former requires more work, but the latter is more effective at killing weeds. There are dozens of herbicides available that will quickly kill weeds without harming your grass. Alternatively, you can make your own weed-killing herbicide using a solution of vinegar, salt and liquid dish soap. The vinegar and salt is what kills weeds, but the soap creates a sticky texture that clings to weeds. Just combine the three ingredients in a spray bottle, at which point you can spray it over any weeds growing in your landscape.

Create a French Drain Around Waterlogged Areas

If you discover an area of your landscape where rainwater collects and “pools up” rather than drains away, construct a French drain to prevent it from becoming waterlogged. Also known as a trench drain or rock drain, a French drain consists of a downward-sloping tunnel that’s filled with gravel or small rocks. When it rains, water will seep past the gravel or rocks and into the tunnel, at which point it will drain away from your landscape.

Use Mulch Around Trees and Plants

Adding mulch around trees and plants offers two main benefits, one of which is fewer weeds. It covers the soil so that newly sprouted weeds are unable to receive sunlight, thereby preventing them from growing. Additionally, mulch reduces the watering requirements of your trees and plants. Mulch absorbs and holds moisture, gradually releasing this moisture back into the soil where it’s then absorbed by the adjacent trees and plants.

Create a Dedicated Outdoor Living Space

Finally, consider creating a dedicated outdoor living space in your landscape. You can clear out a section of your landscape, for example, to lay gravel, brick pavers or even cement. When finished, you can use set up a fire pit, chairs and other accessories to complete your new outdoor living space. Even if it’s only 10 by 10 feet, that’s still 100 square feet of landscape space that you won’t have to worry about maintaining.

Low-maintenance landscapes are gaining popularity among homeowners in the United States. According to a survey conducted by the American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA), they are the third-most popular landscape project, surpassed only by “native plants” and “drought-tolerant plants.” And now you join the crowd by creating a low-maintenance landscape using these tips.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

Is an Outdoor Kitchen a Smart Investment? Get the Facts

Defined as a dedicated outdoor space for cooking, eating and relaxing, outdoor kitchens have become a popular home renovation project in recent years. They offer the functional benefits of an indoor kitchen but with the added beauty of the outdoors. When the weather is nice, homeowners can use this area to cook, eat and host parties. Building an outdoor kitchen is neither easy nor cheap, however, so you should consider if it’s worth the investment before embarking on this major renovation project.

Benefits of Building an Outdoor Kitchen

An outdoor kitchen will open the doors to a world of new possibilities for you and your family. Granted, you can always cook and eat inside your home, but having this space outside your home is uniquely beneficial for the following reasons:

  • It’s easier to grill and smoke foods with an outdoor kitchen.
  • You don’t have to travel far beverages.
  • It enhances the aesthetics of your home’s curb appeal.
  • Saves space inside your home.
  • Keeps odors from cooked foods outside.
  • Offers the perfect space to host parties and get-togethers.
  • Promotes a more energy-efficient home, which can save you money on your monthly utility bills.
  • You may find yourself preparing and cooking more meals with an outdoor kitchen rather than eating out.
  • It will expose you to sunlight, ensuring you get an adequate amount of vitamin D.
  • Using it will keep your indoor kitchen clean.

Average Cost of Building an Outdoor Kitchen

So, how much does it cost to build an outdoor kitchen? Prices vary depending on the type of appliances you intend to install, where you want to install then, the state and city in which you live and other factors. According to a report by Home Advisor, however, the average cost of building an outdoor kitchen in the United States is about $10,670. Of course, some homeowners spend less to build an outdoor kitchen, while others spend more. For a typical, medium-sized outdoor kitchen consisting of a grill, refrigerator, cabinet materials and storage, though, you can expect to pay about $10,670.

If you’re on a tight budget, there are ways to save money when building an outdoor kitchen. Building it yourself is one way to save money. Most contractors charge a premium for this service, so a do-it-yourself (DIY) route can easily save you thousands of dollars. You can even rent the tools needed to build your outdoor kitchen from a local home improvement store. Choosing smaller appliances will also save you money. You probably don’t need a full-sized refrigerator for your outdoor kitchen. Instead, choose a smaller “compact” refrigerator, which are available for as little as $300.

You can skip a gas grill altogether by using a fire pit for your outdoor kitchen. Fire pits offer the beauty of a burning fire with the functionality of a grill. You can gather around your fire pit during the evenings and at night, but you can also use this accessory to grill and cook foods. And since fire pits cost a fraction of the price of gas grills, using one can further reduce the cost of building an outdoor kitchen. These are just a few ways to save money when building an outdoor kitchen.

How an Outdoor Kitchen Will Affect Your Home’s Resell Value

The high cost of building an outdoor kitchen may deter some homeowners from moving forward with this project, but you should consider the impact it will have on your home’s resell value. Building an outdoor kitchen will almost always increase your home’s resell value. Prospective home buyers today pay close attention to outdoor living features — and there’s no better feature for this space than a fully functional kitchen. With all of its previously mentioned benefits, an outdoor kitchen will make your home more appealing to prospective buyers, resulting in a higher resell value.

According to one study, outdoor kitchens increase the resell value of U.S. homes by an average of 100% to 200%. If you spend $10,000 to build an outdoor kitchen for a $200,000 home, for example, it should increase your home’s value to $210,000 or $220,000. That’s a pretty strong return on investment (ROI) that’s difficult for homeowners to ignore.

In Conclusion

Building an outdoor kitchen requires an investment of your time, energy and money. Once it’s complete, though, it will provide you and your family with a wealth of benefits. You can use it to grill and smoke food, host parties, lounge and more. To determine if an outdoor kitchen is right for your home, weigh the pros and cons while also considering how frequently you’d use it. But considering that it has an average ROI of 100% to 200%, an outdoor kitchen is usually a smart renovation project that pays off in multiple ways.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

How to Create a More Relaxing Patio

Want to make your patio more relaxing? A patio is the perfect space to rest, unwind and relax. When you get home from a long day at work, you can kick back on your patio while enjoying the fresh air. However, to get the most use of your patio, you should design it with relaxing furnishings and elements. Here are some tips to create a more relaxing patio.

Add a Hammock

We’ve discussed a variety of comfortable patio seating options here on our blog, but one we haven’t discussed is a hammock.

Consisting of a sling-like design made of fabric or netting that’s suspended between two anchor points, it offers the perfect lounging area for a patio. They are comfortable, easy to set up and look great in all styles of patio decor. Be warned, though, you may find yourself falling asleep when lounging on a hammock. Since they create a weightlessness feeling, it’s easy to doze off when lounging on a hammock.

Add a Fire Pit

A fire pit offers more than warmth; it also promotes a more relaxing environment. According to research cited by Scotsman, the mesmerizing appearance of a fire combined with its unique crackling sound reduces blood pressure while subsequently lowering stress levels. A similar study conducted by researchers from the University of Alabama found similar results.

After asking more than 220 adults to watch a video of a fireplace, they discovered that participants who watched the fireplace experienced lower blood pressure levels than their counterparts who didn’t watch it.

So, please go get a fire pit – for your health!

Screen It In

Assuming your patio is open, you should consider screening it in. Screened-in patios are more relaxing than open patios for several reasons. First, they provide a higher level of privacy, which naturally creating a more relaxing environment. Secondly, a screen enclosure keeps pesky bugs like mosquitoes, wasps, flies and gnats out of your patio. It’s difficult to lounge on your patio when you’re being bombarded by flying insects. If it’s screened in, however, you won’t have to worry about this. You and your family can enjoy this outdoor extension of your home without the threat of pesky bugs.

Create a Cozy Area

Let’s face it, cozy areas are more relaxing than open, spacious areas. When designing your patio, you should create a cozy lounge area by placing furniture and furnishings in close proximity to each other. Just because you have a large patio doesn’t necessarily mean that you should space out the furniture and furnishings. If it’s spread out, it

Add Relaxing Colors

Don’t underestimate the importance of using the right colors in your patio decor. According to research cited by Fox News, some of the best colors for reducing stress include lavender, pale gray, blue, aqua, pale pink and beige. Of course, these are just a colors to consider when decorating your patio. On the other hand, black has the opposite effect by raising stress. Focus your patio decor around stress-reducing colors to enhance the environment and make it more relaxing.

Use Mood Lighting

Rather than using traditional overhead lighting on your patio, consider using mood lighting. Mood lighting is a more subtle form of illumination that, as the name suggests, enhances the mood of the surrounding space. You can install track lighting or wall sconces on your patio, for example, to improve the decor and mood. For an added touch, install a dimmer on your mood lighting. When you want to relax in the evening, you can turn down the brightness of your patio lighting.

Add Plants

Even if you’re not a “green thumb,” you can still take advantage of the relaxing, stress-reducing properties of plants. Adding a few colorful container plants to your patio, for instance, creates a more relaxing environment. Furthermore, plants improve the air quality around your home by filtering impurities and releasing fresh oxygen.

Keep It Clean

You can’t expect to create a relaxing patio if it’s dirty or cluttered. And with spring right around the corner, there’s no better time than the present to clean up your patio. This means sweeping off leaves, scrubbing the deck or flooring, and cleaning the furniture.

Symmetrical Design

Finally, arrange your patio furniture and furnishings to create a symmetrical design. When your patio features proper symmetry, it creates a more relaxing environment. Unfortunately, this is something that many homeowners overlook when designing their patio. They assume it’s okay to arrange their furniture and furnishings in unsymmetrical designs. In doing so, they create a poorly balanced decor that’s not particularly relaxing.

These are just a few tips to create a more relaxing patio. With a relaxing patio, you and your family will be able to fully enjoy this extension of your home.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

How to Protect Your Patio From Mildew

It’s frustrating when you step outside to rest and relax on your patio, only to discover that it’s covered in mildew. While it typically doesn’t cause any immediate health concerns, mildew can turn this otherwise attractive area of your home’s exterior into an eyesore. And if there’s a significant amount of mildew on the floor, it may pose a slip-and-fall hazard for you, your family members and anyone else using the patio. You can protect your patio from mildew, however, by following some simple steps.

What Is Mildew? And Why Does It Grow on Patios?

Mildew is a type of fungus that’s closely related to mold (also a fungus). It’s typically thin with a white or light green color. Because they are classified as a fungus, both mold and mildew need a few things to survive. This includes oxygen, organic matter and moisture. Without a readily available supply of these three elements, neither mold nor mildew will take hold on your patio. Mold- and mildew-causing fungi actually feast on organic matter. Whether it’s tree leaves, grass clippings, tree sap or even the wood, fungi will feast on organic matter as a source of food. Combined with accessibility to oxygen and moisture, mildew-causing fungi can easily thrive on your patio if certain precautions are not taken.

Embrace the Sunlight

You may discover that shaded areas of your patio are more susceptible to mildew than those exposed to the sun. The sun’s ultraviolet (UV) rays inhibit the growth of mold- and mildew-causing fungi. eHow explains that fungi doesn’t have the same photosynthesis properties as plants. While plants convert sunlight into food, fungi do not. Instead, they tend die from exposure to the UV rays. As a homeowner, you can use this to your advantage by embracing sunlight on your patio. If you have a large table umbrella preventing sunlight from reaching your patio, take it down at the end of the day. The more sunlight that hits your patio, the better protected it will be from mold and mildew-causing fungi.

Clean the Debris

Allowing debris to accumulate on your patio doesn’t just hurt your home’s curb appeal; it opens the doors to mold and mildew. All forms of fungus need organic matter to thrive. As a result, mildew often forms in areas where organic debris — tree leaves, branches, grass, etc. — have accumulated. To keep your patio free of mildew, you must clean this debris on a regular basis. The easiest way to clean debris off a patio is to use a leaf blower. If you don’t have access to a leaf blower, though, you can use a push broom. Just remember to get into the habit of cleaning your patio at least once a week to discourage the formation of mildew.

Check for Drainage and Runoff

It’s also important that your patio has proper drainage and runoff. In other words, water should flow away and off your patio rather than accumulating on it. As previously mentioned, mildew needs moisture to survive. If water pools up in the center or anywhere else on your patio, it will likely contribute to the formation of mildew. The good news is that most patios with a wood or composite deck are designed with many individual planks, each of which are separated with a few centimeters of space. When it rains, gravity will pull the water off the patio and through the cracks between these planks. There are times, however, when water may collect on a patio, resulting in the formation of mildew.

Seal It

The single most important thing you can do to protect your patio from mildew is to seal it. There are both wood sealers as well as brick sealers. Regardless of which material your patio floor is made of, you can use a sealer to create an invisible protective layer over it. Sealers work by creating a layer over the brick or wood floor. In doing so, mold- and mildew-causing fungi is unable to penetrate your patio floor. You can find sealer products available for sale at most home improvement stores.

Choose the Right Furniture

Certain types of patio furniture are more susceptible to mildew than others. Most untreated wood furniture, for example, carries a high risk of mildew because it contains organic matter that fungi can feast on. In comparison, plastic and synthetic furniture is naturally protected from mildew because it lacks organic matter. Alternatively, you can choose teak furniture for your patio. Although teak is a natural hardwood, it has special properties that protect it from mold and mildew. You see, the oils within teak deter insects and fungi alike, making it the ideal material for outdoor chairs, benches, tables and other patio furniture.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

7 Mistakes to Avoid When Storing Firewood for Your Fire Pit

If you’re planning to use a fire pit, either on your patio or other outdoor living area, you’ll need to stockpile plenty of firewood. The right firewood will keep your fire pit going long into the night, allowing you to get the most use and enjoyment out of this accessory. Whether you purchase a full cord, face cord or half cord, though, you should avoid making the following mistakes when storing firewood for your fire pit.

#1) Storing Firewood Against Your Home’s Exterior

The exterior of your home may seem like an ideal place to store firewood, but this isn’t recommended. Firewood can attract all kinds of pests, including termites, spiders, roaches, centipedes and scorpions. And if you store it directly against your home’s exterior, some of these pests may find their way inside your home. To prevent this from happening, store firewood at least 20 feet away from your home.

#2) Storing Firewood on the Ground

Why shouldn’t you store firewood on the ground? If it’s placed directly on the ground, it will absorb moisture from the soil. Over time, firewood can absorb so much moisture that it’s unable to light or stay lit. A simple solution is to store your firewood just a few inches off the ground using a wooden pallet. It doesn’t have to be particularly tall; just 2 or 3 inches off the ground should keep your firewood protected from ground moisture.

#3) Leave It Outside and Uncovered

Never leave your firewood outside without some form of shelter or cover. It’s perfectly fine to store firewood outside, but it needs a shelter or cover to protect it from the elements. When left exposed to the elements, firewood will absorb moisture from rain, sleet and snow. This is concerning because wet firewood has a lower combustion efficiency than dry firewood, meaning it produces more smoke and less heat. If you’re going to store firewood outside, consider placing it in a utility shed. Just remember to keep it off the ground as well. When stored in this manner, firewood will stay dry for months or even years.

#4) Treating It With Pesticide

Some homeowners have gone to the extreme to protect their firewood from damage by treating it with pesticide. Whether it’s a liquid- or powder-based, though, applying pesticide to firewood is never a good idea. It introduces a plethora of toxic chemicals and compounds that are absorbed into the wood. When you get ready to burn the firewood in your fire pit, those chemicals and compounds will be released into the air as toxic fumes. If you’re worried about

#5) Storing the Wrong Type of Firewood

It’s also important to store the right type of firewood. You can’t burn just any type of wood that you find lying around your home or yard. Pressure-treated wood, for example, is typically used and construction and contains liquid preservatives to deter microorganisms, pests and decay. When burned, pressure-treated wood will release toxic fumes because of its preservatives. So, what type of firewood can you store? The best type of firewood is dry, untreated wood logs from hardwood trees. Hardwood trees are denser than softwood trees. And with more organic matter, they burn longer than softwoods.

Some of the best types of hardwood firewood for use in a fire pit include:

  • Oak
  • Hickory
  • Maple
  • Walnut
  • Beech

#6) Overlooking the Need for Airflow

Arrange your firewood in alternating rows of logs so that air is able to easily pass through it. Some homeowners simply stack their firewood so that the logs are flush with one another, neglecting to create space through which air can flow. Without adequate airflow, however, your firewood won’t be able to dry out. Rather, moisture will get trapped inside the wood, causing it to rot or develop mold. If you discover that your firewood has rotted or developed mold, you’ll need to throw it out and start back over.

#7) Not Storing for Long Enough

You might be eager to build fires in your fire pit after acquiring some firewood, but you need to make sure that it’s dry first. If it’s fresh wood that was recently harvested, you must wait for it to dry — a process that can take up to a year for certain types of wood. Retrieving firewood from your storage area prematurely will result in a low-quality fire that produces minimal heat and a lot of smoke. Therefore, you should remain patient while waiting for your firewood to dry. Also known as seasoned firewood, dry firewood has a lighter color than fresh firewood of the same type. Most hardwoods have a brown/tan color when fresh. After drying for up to a year, however, they turn to a light brown color, indicating that it’s ready to burn in your fire pit.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

How to Improve Your Landscape’s Runoff

Does your outdoor living space get flooded or washed out when it rains? It’s hard to enjoy this extension of your home when it doesn’t drain properly. The presence of standing water will damage your lawn, create mold and attract pests. In some cases, it can even jeopardize the structural integrity of your home. So, follow these steps to improve your landscape’s runoff and regain control of your outdoor living space.

Clean Gutters

The first step to improving your landscape’s runoff is to clean the gutters. Consisting of metal or composite drainage channels, gutters are responsible for catching and guiding water safely away from your home. When it rains, any water that lands on your roof will flow to the gutters, down the downspouts and, hopefully, away from your home. If your gutters are clogged with leaves, dirt, branches and other debris, however, water will simply fall off the side of the roof. Clean your gutters at least once every six months to encourage better runoff and drainage.

Position Downspouts

The way in which your downspouts are positioned will affect your landscape’s runoff. A good rule of the thumb is to include at least one downspout for every 30 feet of gutters. Assuming your roof runs 60 feet wide, that means you should have at least two downspouts on the front and back. These downspouts should be positioned at a slight pitch so that water flows rather than stagnates.

Position Splash Guards

It’s also important that you place downspout splash guards in the right position. Some homeowners assume that the widest end should be placed closest to their home. The correct way to position splash guards, however, is to place the narrowest end closest to your home. This allows water to flow freely down and out the catch basin. When positioning a catch basin with the widest end closest to your home, water will accumulate at the opposite end. Check all your downspout splash guards to ensure they are positioned properly.

Aerate Lawn

Aerating your lawn isn’t just good for the grass; it also improves runoff. As you may already know, aerating involves the use of a special tool that “scores” the soil by creating small holes that are a few inches deep. The primary purpose of aerating is to nourish grass with additional water and nutrients. As water fills the holes, grass is able to absorb it more easily. A secondary benefit, however, is its ability to control runoff. A significant amount of rainwater will run into the holes created through aerating instead of pooling up around your home or patio. Just remember to use caution after aerating your lawn and avoid walking over it. The soil be delicate for the next few days, so you want to avoid any pressure or stress that could otherwise disturb it.

Reseed Grass

In addition to aerating your lawn, you should also reseed bare or dying patches. If there’s one or more areas of your yard where grass is missing, reseeding can help fill it in. Just remember to water and fertilize the area shortly after reseeding it.

Rain Garden

Thousands of homeowners from across the United States use rain gardens to improve their landscape’s aesthetics and control rainwater. What is a rain garden exactly? A rain garden is simply a collection of flowers or plants that’s used to catch rainwater. When it rains, some of the water will fall onto the plants and flowers, and some of the water will flow to the base of these plants and flowers. When it makes contact, water will absorb into the garden. Creating a rain garden is an excellent way to improve your landscape’s runoff while enhancing its aesthetics in the process.

Permeable Sidewalk and Driveway

While concrete is the most popular material used to construct sidewalks and driveways, it’s not the only material. There are permeable materials that can absorb water and improve runoff. Known as permeable paving, it’s a porous material that’s highly useful for controlling rainwater. Some studies have even found that using permeable paving reduces pollutants and, subsequent, promotes a cleaner environment.

French Drain

When all else fails, consider building a French drain to improve your landscape’s runoff. Also known as a filter drain or sub-soil drain, it’s characterized by a relatively shallow trench that’s filled with gravel or pebbles. As rainwater flows into the trench, it’s guided away from the home. One of the great things about the French drain is its simplicity. Although you can create it with a pipe, the only thing it actually requires is a shallow trench with rocks on top. Rocks stabilize the soil while still allowing water to flow through. Using nothing more than a few bags of rocks from your local home improvement store and a shovel, you can build a French drain in your yard.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

7 Design Tips to Make Your Patio Appear Larger

How big is your patio? Even if it has limited space, there certain things you can do to make it look bigger. In turn, this will create a more attractive, enjoyable outdoor living space for you and your family.

#1) Create a Focal Point

Whether it’s used in the living room or on the patio, a focal point will create the perception of a larger and more open space. It works by drawing by drawing your attention away from the surrounding design elements so that the patio appears bigger. So, what can can you use as a focal point on your patio? A fire pit is always an excellent choice, as it’s typically the center of attention during backyard parties and barbecues. Just remember to keep it at least 10 feet away from your home or any other combustible structure. Another idea is to use a water fountain as your patio’s focal point. Unfortunately, though, most water fountains are bulky and large, making them a poor choice for a small patio.

#2) Decorate With Small Plants

Decorating your patio with small plants creates the optical illusion of a small space. Rather than using large containers to hold your patio’s potted plants, use small containers. Granted, not all plants will grow in a small container; many have complex root structures that require large containers. If you’re worried about lack of space hurting your patio’s aesthetics, though, decorating your outdoor living space with small plants in small containers will have a positive impact on its appearance. It’s also worth noting that small plants are easier to grow and maintain than large plants. They require less water and sunlight, and you can easily move them indoors when the fall season arrives.

#3) Maintain the Lawn

Neglecting to mow and maintain your lawn will hurt your patio’s aesthetics by making it appear smaller and less spacious. To prevent this from happening, you should mow your lawn at least once a week during the spring and summer months. And if you discover any fast-growing weeds emerging through the soil, remove them ASAP. Maintaining your lawn at 2 to 3 inches will improve your home’s curb appeal while making your patio look bigger and more spacious in the process.

#4) Trim Overhanging Branches

Not only to they pose a safety hazard — they could fall and injure you or anyone else on your patio — overhanging tree branches have a claustrophobic effect that makes the surrounding area appear smaller. Unless they are essential for shade, you should consider removing them. There are special chainsaw-like tools designed specifically for removing tree branches. You extend the tool to the branch, grasp the branch between its teeth, and it does the rest. If this sounds too difficult, you can also contact a professional tree removal company in your area.

#5) Use Colors That Blend With Your Home

When choosing furniture and accessories for your patio, consider the color and how it corresponds with the color of your home. If your patio furniture contrasts to the color of your home’s siding, it will create the appearance of a smaller space. On the other hand, using furniture in the same or similar color as your home’s siding will make it look bigger.

#6) Use Fewer Pieces of Furniture

Don’t make the mistake of using too many pieces of furniture on your small patio. If you’re tight on space, adding a half-dozen chairs will only hurt its aesthetics. A smarter solution is to include just a few chairs and a single table on your patio. You can still keep extra chairs in a storage shed or your garage. That way, when you have friends and family over, you can offer them somewhere to sit.

Using fewer pieces of furniture also reduces the need for maintenance. Whether it’s Adirondack chair, chaise lounge chair or a bench, you’ll need to clean your patio furniture to protect it from mold and mildew. The more pieces of furniture you use on your patio, the more time and effort you’ll have to invest into maintaining it. Stick with just a few pieces of furniture to make your patio look bigger and minimize maintenance.

#7) Decorate With Mirrors

A common interior design trick used in small rooms is to hang mirrors on the wall. This creates the perception of a larger room room while enhancing its decor in the process — and you can use the same approach to make your patio look bigger. Assuming your patio is right against your home, try hanging on one or two medium-sized mirrors against your home’s siding. The only downside to this design trick is that you’ll need to clean your mirror or mirrors on a regular basis. When used outdoors, they’ll accumulate dirt, dust and moisture.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

Innovative Patio Storage Solutions

Is your patio messy or otherwise cluttered? Unfortunately, this is an all-too-common problem experienced by homeowners. Once they begin using your patio, they allow clutter to accumulate. Before long, there’s garden hoses, tools, cushions and other items strewn across the deck. Not only does this affect the patio’s aesthetics, but it also affects its function. Clutter prevents homeowners, family members and their guests from using the space as intended. If this sounds familiar, consider the following storage solutions to de-clutter and improve your patio.

Deck Box

Perhaps the best all-around storage solution for the patio is a deck box. Basically, this is a large rectangular-shaped box that’s designed specifically for outdoor storage. They are usually made of a heavy-duty waterproof material, allowing for the perfect patio storage solution. Using a deck box, you can store everything from gardening tools and fire pit accessories to seat cushions and decorative items. Best of all, they usually feature a stylish design that enhances the patio’s decor.

When choosing a deck box for your patio, consider the following:

  • How big is the deck box?
  • What material is it made of?
  • What color is it?
  • Does the style match the rest of your patio decor?
  • How much does it cost?
  • Does it double as seating? (some deck boxes feature a seat on top)
  • What’s the quality like?

Taking these factors into account will help you choose the perfect deck box for your patio storage needs.

Garden Hose Storage

With an average length of 25 to 100 feet (though sometimes longer), the garden hose is a major source of clutter on the patio. Sure, you can toss it on your lawn, but this doesn’t solve the problem, rather it moves the problem to a new area. Thankfully, there are several storage solutions available for garden hoses. One idea is to place it in a large tin bucket. Another idea is to mount hardware on the wall, allowing you to wrap up the hose and store it here.

Additionally, you’ll find that many home improvement stores and gardening nurseries sell storage solutions for garden hoses. Some are retractable, consolidating the hose into a smaller size, and others are designed to conceal and hide the hose when not in use. Regardless of which one you choose, you need some type of storage solution for the garden hose.

Outdoor Storage Ottoman

Of course, another idea is to use an outdoor storage ottoman. Like indoor “living room” ottomans, they typically feature a soft cushion on top — for sitting or propping up your feet — with a removable top and empty interior. From an outsider’s perspective, it looks like a regular piece of patio furniture. However, the top of an outdoor storage ottoman should either come off completely or fold up; thus, allowing you to store items inside.

You’ll find that patio furniture sets are often sold with matching storage ottomans. So, if you’re looking to buy a new set of furniture for your patio, consider a set with a matching ottoman. This helps to balance your decor, creating a more cohesive appearance in which all of your furnishings flow together. But if you only want to buy a storage ottoman, look for a style that matches your existing patio furnishings.

Storage Shed

You can always invest in a separate storage shed for your patio. Because of the large size of storage sheds, however, you won’t be able to place them on your patio. Instead, you’ll have to place them in your yard or next to your home.

Storage sheds have their own advantages and disadvantages. Some of the primary advantages include large storage space, protection from the rain and elements, and a stylish design. On the other hand, disadvantages include a high price and difficult/time-consuming to set up. If you’re willing to spend the money and invest the necessary time and energy into setting it up, however, a storage shed is a great way to de-clutter and improve the appearance of your patio.

What You Shouldn’t Do

When storing items on your patio, don’t simply shove them underneath your furniture. Nine out of ten times, they’ll still be visible — and this doesn’t exactly reflect positively on your patio’s decor. For proper storage, items should be fully hidden and concealed from plain sight.

You should also consider whether or not the item is suitable for patio storage. Even with a deck box or storage ottoman, certain items may damage when stored on a patio for long periods of time. Moisture from rain and humidity may soak inside items like cushions, causing them to develop mold and mildew. Therefore, you should only store water-resistant items on your patio. Seat cushions made of cotton or similar indoor materials, shouldn’t be stored on the patio.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

The Do’s and Don’ts of Maintaining Your Patio During Summer

Now that summer is here, you’ll probably find yourself spending less time indoors and more time outside enjoying the warm weather and sunshine. For millions of men, women and children, summer is the preferred time of year. The comfortable climate allows you to host backyard parties and barbecues, as well as perform other activities. To enjoy your home’s patio or outdoor living space this summer, though, you should follow some basic maintenance tips.

Do Inspect for Pests

Take a few minutes to inspect your patio for pests this summer. Assuming it’s made of wood, an infestation may cause serious damage that’s difficult and expensive to repair. Some pests will bore holes into wooden structures, including your patio, so that they can build nests or eat the cellulose material. Either way, it damages your patio and can jeopardize its structural integrity.

Some of the most common wood-boring pests in the United States include the following:

  • Carpenter bees
  • Powderpost beetles
  • Termites
  • Deathwatch beetles
  • Longhorn beetles
  • Ambrosia beetles
  • Carpenter ants

Don’t Place Fire Pit Too Close to Your House

There’s nothing wrong with using a fire pit on your patio. On the contrary, it’s a great way to enhance the decor and functionality of this space. Once set up, you can use it to grill food, roast marshmallows or simply create a relaxing ambiance in the evening. However, it’s important that you keep your fire pit at least 10 feet away from your home and all other combustible surfaces. While rare, there have been cases of stray embers from a patio fire pit  setting fire to homes. This problem is easily avoided by placing your fire pit at least 10 feet away from your home.

Do Choose the Right Seating

Comfortable, attractive seating is essential to a modern patio. Without seating, neither you nor anyone else can fully enjoyable the patio and everything it has to offer. Rather than tossing up a half-dozen cheap plastic lawn chairs, though, consider using higher quality seating. Teak lounge chairs are always an excellent choice because of their unparalleled strength, durability, weather-resistant properties and style. Other seating options to consider for your patio include hammocks, benches, swings, stools and chaise lounge chairs. Just remember to strategically place them around your patio’s focal point. If you have a fire pit on your patio, this will be the focal point, so arrange your chairs and seating so that they face it.

Don’t Leave Fabrics Exposed to the Elements

If any of your patio furniture contains fabric — either on the furniture itself or an attached cushion — don’t leave it exposed to the elements. When you are finished using the furniture, bring it indoors to protect it from damage. Although it seems harmless enough, allowing your furniture to sit outdoors exposed to the elements may degrade it. The combination of moisture, dirt and ultraviolet (UV) sunlight can wreak havoc on fabrics, causing them to wear and fade. By bringing your furniture indoors, you’ll make it last a little longer, allowing you to get more bang for your buck.

Granted, not all fabrics are all susceptible to damage when left outdoors. Synthetic fabrics, such as polyester and nylon, typically don’t suffer from the same weather-related degradation as natural, organic fabrics. Unless your patio furniture is made of a weather-resistant synthetic fabric, though, you should bring it indoors to protect it from damage.

Do Secure Your Furniture

Make sure your patio furniture is secure so that it won’t fall over or blow away during storms. Loose, lightweight furniture can easily topple during a sudden summer storm. And once the storm is over, you may be forced to search your yard and your neighbors’ yards for your missing furniture. There are a few ways to secure your furniture, one of which is to anchor it to the bottom of your patio using bungee cords or straps. Alternatively, you can choose heavier furniture, such as cast iron, instead of lightweight furniture.

Don’t Leave Standing Water on Your Patio

What’s wrong with leaving standing water on your patio? Standing water poses a few problems for homeowners. First, it attracts pests like mosquitoes. Female mosquitoes lay their eggs in water, with a single female laying up to 100 eggs every three days. Second, standing water encourages mold and mildew. Upon walking out on your patio, you may discover the planks are slick from mildew buildup. Finally, standing water contributes to rot and decay. If your patio doesn’t contain pressure-treated wood, or if it’s not treated with a waterproof finish, standing water may cause it to rot.

Pressure Wash It

Summer is the perfect time of year to pressure wash your patio. Going over your patio with a pressure washer will remove stubborn dirt and debris, making your patio look 10 years younger. And even if you don’t own one, you can rent a pressure washer from your local home improvement store.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

10 Fall Landscaping Tips All Homeowners Should Follow

The beginning of fall marks the end of the warm summer weather. With this seasonal transition, you can expect cooler temperatures and shorter days. As a result, it’s important for homeowners to give their landscape a little TLC during this time of year. By following these 10 tips, you’ll create a cleaner and more attractive landscape that enhances your home’s curb appeal.

#1) Keep Mowing the Lawn

Some homeowners assume that they can stop mowing their lawn during the fall. Although grass grows slower during this time of year than summer, you’ll still need to mow it. Mowing your lawn encourages a healthy, manicured landscape while keeping weeds and other unwanted, invasive plants in check.

#2) Raise the Mower Blade

You should raise your mower blade so that it doesn’t stress your lawn. Depending on the particular grass species, a blade height of about 2 inches might be ideal for the summer. During the fall, however, 3 inches will give your lawn a little extra breathing room while minimizing stress.

#3) Test the Soil’s pH Level

There’s no better time than the start of fall to test your soil’s pH level. If it’s too acidic or alkaline, grass, flowers and trees may struggle to grow. Using a disposable or reusable testing kit — available at most home improvement stores and gardening centers — you can measure the pH level of your soil. Healthy soil should have a pH reading of around 5.5 and 7.0.

#4) Remove Leaves

Depending on the number and variety of trees in your landscape, you may discover an excessive amount of leaves blanketing your lawn. Turning a blind eye to these leaves won’t make the problem go away. Rather, they’ll prevent your grass from receiving the sunlight and nutrients it needs to survive during this seasonal transition. To promote a healthy lawn during the fall, either rake or vacuum the leaves.

#5) Winterize Flowers

You’ll need to winterize the flowers in your landscape so that they aren’t killed off by the cold fall weather. This involves pruning shoots and stems as well as adding mulch. The latter is particularly important because mulch acts as insulation. When added around the base of a flower, mulch traps in heat, thereby keeping the flower warm during this otherwise cool time of year. Of course, mulch also contains valuable nutrients that further promote healthy flower growth and development. So, add an extra layer of mulch in your flowerbeds to winterize and protect them from the cold weather.

#6) Fertilize

Spring isn’t the only time of year when you should fertilizer your lawn. It’s also a good idea to fertilize it during the fall. A high-NPK fertilizer — either synthetic or organic — will provide your grass with the right combination of nitrogen, phosphorus and calcium, as well as other “micro” nutrients, that it needs to grow and stay healthy. Fertilizer also encourages lawn grasses to rise earlier in the spring, which is another reason to apply it during the fall.

#7) Trim Dead Branches

Even healthy trees will suffer from dead branches. Rather than leaving dead branches on a tree, though, you should consider removing them. Assuming the tree is relatively low, you should be able to trim them using a ladder and gardening shears. Remove all dead, dying, diseased or injured branches from trees in your landscape.

#8) Trim Perennials

If your landscape includes perennials, trim these flowers during the fall to discourage pests. It’s not uncommon for plant-eating slugs to feast on perennials. And large perennials are more likely to experience pest infestations than smaller, more manicured perennials. You can encourage healthy growth for your perennials while minimizing the risk of pests by trimming them.

#9) Water Lawn

Your lawn still needs water during the fall — just not as much as it does during the spring and summer when the temperatures are warm. Give your lawn at least one more watering of at least 1 inches during the fall. The water will soak into the soil, providing your grass, trees and plants with valuable moisture. Just use caution not to overwater your lawn, as the cool temperatures reduces water evaporation and can subsequently lead to soggy soil.

#10) Bring Container Plants Indoors

If you have container plants on your patio, outdoor living space, garden or elsewhere, bring them indoors before the winter season arrives. Because they typically container smaller, more confined root systems, container plants are susceptible to injury from the cold fall weather. Thankfully, you can protect your container plants from shock and injury by bringing them indoors. If you have a climate-controlled basement, consider bringing them here for the fall and winter months. Once spring arrives next year, you can take your container plants back outside to further enhance your home’s landscape.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

10 Landscaping and Exterior Design Tips to Increase Your Home’s Value

Neglecting to create and maintain an attractive landscape can have a negative impact on your home’s value. It creates an unkempt atmosphere that discourages prospective buyers from considering the property. Whether you plan on selling your home in the near future or not, though, you should invest your time and energy into touching up the exterior. By making a just a few small changes outside, you can increase your home’s value.

#1) Pressure Wash

Pressure washing your home’s siding, the driveway, sidewalk and patio will make it look cleaner and newer. Over time, mildew, dirt and debris will accumulate on the aforementioned surfaces of your home’s exterior. This typically won’t damage the surfaces, but it can make look them dirty and dingy. Pressure washing, however, will blast away stubborn dirt and debris to restore the original appearance of your home’s exterior.

#2) Replace Mailbox

If your mailbox is rusted, faded, decayed, falling over or otherwise damaged, you should consider replacing it. With an average cost of just $20 to $50, a new mailbox is an inexpensive outdoor accessory that won’t send you in debt. Just remember to fall the United States Postal Service’s (USPS’s) guidelines. Among other things, this includes positioning your new mailbox so that it’s 41 to 45 inches tall and 6 to 8 inches away from the road. Your mailbox should also feature your street address number as well as a carrier signal flag.

#3) Grow Trees

Growing trees in your landscape can increase your home’s value. According to Turf Magazine, homes with tree-filled landscapes sell for 10% to 12% more than homes with grass-only landscapes. This is because homeowners want trees in their landscape. Trees improve the air quality, provide shade, create wind blocks and more. So, if your landscape currently consists solely of grass, try planting some saplings. They may take a while to grow — five to 20 years on average — but they’ll eventually enhance your home’s exterior and increase its value.

#4) Add a Fire Pit

You might be surprised to learn that adding a fire pit can increase your home’s value. A survey conducted by The American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLS) found that fire pits and fireplaces were the most wanted accessory for outdoor living spaces in 2015. Although you can use either in your home’s outdoor living spaces, fire pits offer the highest level of versatility due to their portable design.

#5) Edge

Edging is an important step to creating an attractive landscape. If you don’t edge your driveway, sidewalks and other paved paths, you may discover weeds encroaching them. Using a string edger, however, you can define these areas to protect against weeds and other invasive, unwanted plants.

#6) Water and Fertilize Lawn

Watering and fertilizing your lawn is essential to creating a lush green landscape. This is particularly true if you live in the South, where the summer heat can scorch an otherwise healthy landscape. By watering at least once a week and fertilizing a few times a year, you’ll promote a healthy, lush green landscape that makes your home more valuable to prospective buyers.

#7) Add Seating

The right outdoor seating can increase your home’s value. When furnishing your home’s outdoor living space, don’t use cheap plastic chairs. Instead, invest in a high-quality furniture that’s made of premium materials like hardwood or iron. A few premium chairs, swings and/or benches will create a more functional and attractive outdoor living space — something that may increase your home’s value.

#8) Mulch Flowerbeds

Mulching your flowerbeds offers several benefits. First, it provides additional nutrients to support healthy plant growth. Second, it retains moisture so that your plants don’t dry out and die. Third, it protects against weeds by covering otherwise open areas of the soil’s surface. The culmination of these effects may, therefore, increase your home’s value. To take advantage of this, sprinkle a 1- to 2-inch layer of mulch throughout your flowerbeds.

#9) Prune Trees and Plants

You should also prune any trees and plants growing in your home’s landscape on a regular basis. Many homeowners have a linear mindset regarding landscaping. They focus all their time on mowing the lawn, neglecting the trees and plants in their landscape. When neglected, though, trees and plants will become overgrown and unkempt. You can prevent this from happening by using a pair gardening shears or scissors to prune the trees and plants in your home’s landscape.

#10) Install a Ceiling Fan

If you have a patio or deck with a covered ceiling, consider installing a ceiling fan. Along with high-quality seating, a ceiling will create a more functional outdoor living space. When the weather is hot, you can turn on the fan to create a cool and comfortable environment. It won’t necessarily offer the same cooling power as air conditioning, but it still creates a pleasantly cool breeze that’s guaranteed to keep you and your family comfortable during the summer heat.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/

Posted on

How to Make Your Outdoor Furniture Cushions Last a Lifetime

Furniture is essential to your home’s outdoor living space. It creates a more functional area by providing you and your family with a place to rest, relax, cook, eat and enjoy the outdoors. But if your outdoor furniture has cushions, you’ll need to follow some basic steps to protect them from damage. When neglected, outdoor furniture cushions can fade, develop mold or otherwise become damage. To prevent from this from happening to your outdoor furniture cushions, consider the following tips.

Choose a Water-Resistant Fabric

If you’re shopping for new outdoor furniture cushions, choose a fabric that’s resistant. Traditional fabrics like cotton and linen aren’t recommended because they absorb and hold a significant amount of moisture. If you leave cotton or linen furniture cushions outside, they’ll likely develop mold or mildew. Vinyl, olefin and textilene, on the other hand, are designed specifically to repel moisture, making the ideal for outdoor furniture cushions.

Use a Fabric Sealant

Even if your outdoor furniture cushions are made of a water-resistant fabric like vinyl, olefin or textilene, you should still use a fabric sealant on them. Fabric sealants work by creating an invisible layer of protection over a fabric to protect against moisture, sun damage, insects, spilled liquids and more. They are typically sold in aerosol cans — like spray paint — that you spray over the surface of your furniture cushions. Along with choosing a water-resistant fabric, using a fabric sealant can protect your cushions from damage.

Keep Furniture in the Shade

Sun exposure won’t cause any serious damage to your outdoor furniture cushions, but it can cause discoloration due to fading. If your cushions are left under the direct sun, they’ll naturally fade to a lighter color. The sun’s ultraviolet (UV) light bleaches fabrics to create the appearance of a lighter, more faded tone. This isn’t something you’ll notice overnight, however. It can take several months for sun exposure to cause any noticeable change in the color you cushions. To prevent fading, try placing your furniture — with the cushions included — in a shaded area. The cushions will still receive some sunlight here, but it shouldn’t be enough to cause fading.

Clean Them Regularly

Outdoor furniture cushions made of a water-resistant fabric can still develop mold and mildew when dirty. This occurs when mold- or mildew-causing fungi feast on the organic matter covering a dirty cushion. The dirt essentially acts as food for mold and mildew, allowing it to thrive. The good news is that you can easily clean your cushions. Assuming they are made of a water-resistant fabric, you can clean them using warm water and liquid laundry detergent. Just wet the cushions with soapy water, and scrub them with a clean washcloth. Try to get into the habit of cleaning your cushions at least once every one to two weeks to prevent the buildup of dirt.

Enclosure Your Outdoor Living Space With a Screen

It’s not uncommon for insects and yard debris to end up on furniture cushions. A simple way to prevent this from happening to your cushions is to enclose your outdoor living space with a screen. Neither insects nor yard debris can enter a screened-in space. Not only does this preserve the original appearance of your furniture and cushions, but it also creates a more comfortable lounging space for you and your family. With a screened-in outdoor living space, you can enjoy the outdoors without worrying about common backyard pests like mosquitoes, flies and wasps.

Keep Them Dry

It’s important that you keep your outdoor furniture cushions dry. You might be wondering why this is necessary with water-resistant cushions. Well, water resistant isn’t the same as waterproof — and most cushions only feature the former type of fabric. As a result, they may succumb to damage when left outside and exposed to the elements. To make your cushions last a lifetime, you’ll need to keep them dry. Ideally, your cushions should be placed in an area where they won’t be rained on. And when they do get wet, use a clean towel to dry them. Keeping your cushions dry will prevent the moisture from saturating and damaging the fabric.

Remove and Store Them Indoors

When all else fails, you can always remove the cushions from your outdoor furniture and store them somewhere inside your home. Depending on the type of furniture, you may be able to detach the cushion. Chairs and benches, for example, often have Velcro cushions that you can easily remove. If your furniture features removable cushions, take them off and store them indoors when you are finished using your outdoor living space for the day. Alternatively, invest in a durable outdoor box or storage container for your furniture cushions.

If you have any questions regarding how an S&S Fire Pit can enhance your outdoor living space; We can help.  https://ssfirepits.com/contact/